Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings

For
Water & Sewer Facilities

Western Municipal Water District

450 Alessandro Boulevard, Riverside, CA 92508
P.O. Box 5286 Riverside, CA 92517-5286

Telephone: 951.789.5000 Fax: 951.789.5012

E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.wmwd.com
DEVELOPER HANDBOOK AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS

DATE SECTION PAGE # ______

1-12-06 All Sections All Pages
2-23-07 2.08 18
2-23-07 2.5 24-32
2-23-07 5.03.04 81-85
2-23-07 6.04.06 110-112
2-23-07 6.07.09 139
2-23-07 7.03 156-161
2-23-07 9.0 Index
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-0110a
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-0540
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1200
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1205
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1210
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1220
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1225
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1230
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1235
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1255
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1265
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1270
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1280
2-23-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-1290
4-16-07 6.04.10 118
4-16-07 6.07.09 139-140
4-16-07 6.09.01 144
4-16-07 6.10.09 152-153
4-16-07 9.0 Standard Drawing W-0530p1
6-12-07 2.10 20
6-12-07 4.10 60-61

Developer Handbook Revisions_6-12-07

1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................. 6
1.01 PURPOSE.......................................................................................................................................6
1.02 BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................6
1.03 GENERAL SERVICE CRITERIA.................................................................................................7
1.04 OTHER PUBLIC AGENCY REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................8
1.05 WATER AND SEWER PLAN APPROVAL PROCESS ..............................................................8
1.05.01 DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER REQUIRED ITEMS CHECKLIST (EXHIBIT D) ......................11
1.05.02 FLOW CHART - WATER AND SEWER PLAN APPROVAL PROCESS................................13
1.06 WATER CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MODEL HOMES...................................14
1.06.01 RIVERSIDE COUNTY RESIDENTIAL MODEL HOME REQUIREMENTS..........................14
1.06.02 CITY OF RIVERSIDE RESIDENTIAL MODEL HOME REQUIREMENTS...........................14
1.06.03 WESTERN’S RESIDENTIAL MODEL HOME REQUIREMENTS..........................................14

2.0 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS .............................................. 15

2.01 SYSTEM DEMAND CRITERIA.................................................................................................15
2.02 SYSTEM ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................................15
2.03 WATER PIPELINE SIZING CRITERIA.....................................................................................16
2.04 WATER PIPELINE LOCATION.................................................................................................16
2.05 CURVE DATA.............................................................................................................................17
2.06 OTHER UTILITIES .....................................................................................................................17
2.07 FEE TITLE PARCELS.................................................................................................................17
2.08 FEE TITLE CRITERIA................................................................................................................18
2.08.01 GRANT DEED FORM.................................................................................................................19
2.09 WATER PIPELINE MATERIALS ..............................................................................................20
2.10 VALVES.......................................................................................................................................20
2.11 COMBINATION AIR VACUUM AND AIR RELEASE VALVES ...........................................20
2.12 BLOW-OFF VALVE ASSEMBLIES ..........................................................................................21
2.13 FIRE HYDRANTS .......................................................................................................................21
2.14 SERVICE INSTALLATIONS......................................................................................................21
2.15 CORROSIVE SOIL ......................................................................................................................21
2.16 PRESSURE REDUCING STATION ...........................................................................................21
2.17 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ......................................................................................................22
2.18 BEDDING AND BACKFILL ......................................................................................................22
2.19 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE AND TERMINAL HOUSING ........................................................22
2.20 CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................22

2.5 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR RECYCLED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ............................ 24

2.51 AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE: .................................................................................................24
2.52 DETERMINATION TO USE RECYCLED WATER OR POTABLE WATER:........................24
2.53 PRELIMINARY FEASIBILITY: .................................................................................................24
2.54 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA: ..........................................................................24
2.55 RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES MATERIALS & IDENTIFICATION: ..............................25
2.56 VALVE BOXES:..........................................................................................................................26
2.57 RESTRICTION OF PUBLIC ACCESS: ......................................................................................26
2.58 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS:............................................................................................26
2.59 POTABLE WATER PIPING: ......................................................................................................27
2.60 MATERIALS: ..............................................................................................................................27
2.61 DESLGN CRITERIA: OFF-SITE AND DISTRICT MAINTAINED RECYCLED
WATER FACILITIES: .................................................................................................................27
1
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SEWER SYSTEM FACILITIES ...................................................... 33
3.01 SYSTEM FLOW RATE CRITERIA............................................................................................33
3.01.01 SYSTEM DEMAND CURVE......................................................................................................34
3.02 SEWER PIPELINE SIZING.........................................................................................................35
3.03 SYSTEM ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................................35
3.04 LOCATION ..................................................................................................................................35
3.05 SEWER LATERALS....................................................................................................................36
3.06 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION ........................................................................................36
3.07 PIPE SLOPE .................................................................................................................................36
3.08 MANHOLES ................................................................................................................................37
3.09 DROP MANHOLES.....................................................................................................................37
3.10 LIFT STATIONS AND INVERTED SIPHONS..........................................................................37
3.11 BACKWATER OVERFLOW VALVES .....................................................................................37
3.12 BEDDING AND BACKFILL ......................................................................................................38
3.13 FEE TITLE CRITERIA................................................................................................................38

4.0 PLAN FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS - WATER AND SEWER............................................ 39

4.01 SHEET FORMAT – GENERAL..................................................................................................39
4.02 COVER SHEET............................................................................................................................39
4.03 INDEX MAP ................................................................................................................................40
4.04 PLAN AND PROFILE FORMAT................................................................................................40
4.04.01 PLAN FORMAT REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................................41
4.04.02 PROFILE FORMAT REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................42
4.05 STANDARD SHEET INDEX, LEGEND, APPROVAL BLOCKS ............................................45
4.06 GENERAL NOTES FOR WATER PIPELINES..........................................................................48
4.07 GENERAL NOTES FOR SEWER PIPELINES ..........................................................................50
4.08 WATER PLAN - CHECKLISTS .................................................................................................52
4.08.01 WATER COVER SHEET CHECKLIST......................................................................................52
4.08.02 WATER PLAN CHECKLIST ......................................................................................................53
4.08.03 WATER PLAN CHECKLIST FOOTNOTES..............................................................................54
4.08.04 WATER PROFILE CHECKLIST ................................................................................................55
4.09 SEWER PLAN - CHECKLISTS ..................................................................................................56
4.09.01 SEWER COVER SHEET CHECKLIST ......................................................................................56
4.09.02 SEWER PLAN CHECKLIST.......................................................................................................57
4.09.02 SEWER PLAN CHECKLIST (CONTINUED)............................................................................58
4.09.03 SEWER PROFILE CHECKLIST .................................................................................................59
4.10 DIGITAL PLAN SUBMITTAL ....................................................................................................60
4.11 COMMERCIAL PLAN CHECK PACKAGE...............................................................................62

5.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ............................................. 63

5.01 CONSTRUCTION STEPS ...........................................................................................................63
5.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES DETAIL............................64
5.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION FORMS INDEX ..........................................70
5.03.01 FLOW CHART – PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION .......................................71
5.03.02 TRACT PRE-CONSTRUCTION WATER & SEWER CHECKLIST – FORM T-1 ..................73
5.03.03 WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ..............................................................74
5.03.04 RECYCLED WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ........................................81
5.03.05 SEWER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ...............................................................86
5.03.06 AGREEMENT FOR ON-SITE WATER/SEWER PARTICIPATION WAIVER .......................90
5.03.07 ROUGH GRADE VERIFICATION FORM T-3..........................................................................92
2
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.08 CURB AND GUTTER INSTALLATION WAVER REQUEST FORM T-4..............................93
5.03.09 INSPECTOR REQUIREMENTS - FORM G-4 ...........................................................................94
5.03.10 METER FEE COST WORKSHEET - FORM T-6......................................................................95
5.03.11 INSTRUCTIONS FOR ORDERING JUMPERS AND METERS – FORM T-8.........................96
5.03.12 ADDED FACILITIES CHARGE (AFC) DEFERRAL REQUEST FORM T-9 ..........................97

6.00 TECHNICAL PROVISIONS ............................................................................................... 98

6.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS....................................................................................................98
6.01.01 PROJECT SITE ............................................................................................................................98
6.01.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................98
6.01.03 PROTECTION OF FACILITIES AND PROPERTY ..................................................................99
6.01.04 RIGHT-OF-WAY .......................................................................................................................100
6.01.05 JOB SITE SAFETY ....................................................................................................................101
6.01.06 JOB SITE MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................102
6.01.07 PROJECT CLEAN-UP ...............................................................................................................103

6.02 EARTHWORK SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................... 104

6.02.01 EXCAVATION ..........................................................................................................................104
6.02.02 PREPARATION OF PIPE AND STRUCTURE FOUNDATIONS...........................................104
6.02.03 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION ............................................................................................105
6.02.04 CUTTING AND RESTORING ROAD SURFACING, ETC.....................................................105

6.03 CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................................... 106

6.03.01 CONCRETE AND MORTAR MIX ...........................................................................................106
6.03.02 CEMENT ....................................................................................................................................106
6.03.03 AGGREGATES ..........................................................................................................................106
6.03.04 WATER ......................................................................................................................................107
6.03.05 FORMS .......................................................................................................................................108
6.03.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING...................................................................................................108

6.04 WATER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION ................................................... 108

6.04.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................108
6.04.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND NOTICE-TO-PROCEED...............................108
6.04.03 MATERIALS..............................................................................................................................109
6.04.04 WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................110
6.04.05 WATER PIPELINE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS......................................................110
6.04.06 STEEL CYLINDER WATER PIPE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................110
6.04.07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE WATER PIPE SPECIFICATIONS................................................115
6.04.08 STEEL FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS .....................................................................................116
6.04.09 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS .....................................................................117
6.04.10 WATER PIPELINE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS......................................................118
6.04.11 TESTING AND DISINFECTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................121

6.05 VALVES SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................. 122

6.06 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS ..................................................................... 124

6.06.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................124
6.06.02 MATERIALS..............................................................................................................................124
6.06.03 COLOR SELECTION ................................................................................................................125
6.06.04 PRIMER AND INTERMEDIATE COATS ...............................................................................125
3
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.06.05 SUBMITTALS............................................................................................................................125
6.06.06 IDENTIFICATION.....................................................................................................................125
6.06.07 COLORS, PATTERNS, AND TEXTURES...............................................................................125
6.06.08 FACTORY FINISH COLORS ...................................................................................................125
6.06.09 PROTECTIVE COATING MATERIALS..................................................................................126
6.06.10 CHART - SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING THICKNESS ..................................128
6.06.11 COLOR AND PAINT SCHEDULE ...........................................................................................129
6.06.12 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING.................................................................................................129
6.06.13 PREPARATION .........................................................................................................................130
6.06.14 VENTILATION..........................................................................................................................130
6.06.15 APPLICATION OF PAINT........................................................................................................131
6.06.16 CLEAN UP .................................................................................................................................131
6.06.17 PAINT TO BE PROVIDED TO WESTERN .............................................................................131
6.06.18 WARRANTY INSPECTION .....................................................................................................132

6.07 SEWER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................. 132

6.07.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................132
6.07.02 MATERIALS..............................................................................................................................132
6.07.03 WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................133
6.07.04 SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION................................................................................................133
6.07.05 TESTING OF SEWER LINE INSTALLATIONS .....................................................................135
6.07.06 MANHOLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING .......................................................................136
6.07.07 SEWER LATERALS INSTALLATION....................................................................................137
6.07.08 CONCRETE FOR SEWER SYSTEMS .....................................................................................138
6.07.09 STEEL CASINGS FOR SEWER INSTALLATIONS ...............................................................139
6.07.10 BACKFLOW VALVE INSTALLATION..................................................................................140
6.07.11 SEWER PIPE BEDDING ...........................................................................................................140

6.08 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES SPECIFICATION ........................................................ 141

6.08.01 POWER.......................................................................................................................................141
6.08.02 MATERIALS..............................................................................................................................141
6.08.03 CONSTRUCTION WORK AND METHODS...........................................................................142

6.09 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................... 144

6.09.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................144
6.09.02 FINAL TESTING .......................................................................................................................144

6.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION............... 145

6.10.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................145
6.10.02 MATERIALS..............................................................................................................................145
6.10.03 WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................146
6.10.04 SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION................................................................................................146
6.10.05 TESTING OF SEWER LINE INSTALLATIONS .....................................................................148
6.10.06 MANHOLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING .......................................................................149
6.10.07 SEWER LATERALS INSTALLATION....................................................................................150
6.10.08 CONCRETE FOR SEWER SYSTEMS .....................................................................................151
6.10.09 STEEL CASINGS FOR SEWER INSTALLATIONS ...............................................................152
6.10.10 BACKFLOW VALVE INSTALLATION..................................................................................153
6.10.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL ............................................................................................................153
6.10.12 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DEPTH OF COVER ................................................................154
4
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.10.13 DEFLECTION AND MANDREL TESTING ............................................................................154

7.0 APPROVED MATERIALS .................................................................................................. 155

7.01 GENERAL...................................................................................................................................155
7.02 APPROVED PIPE MANUFACTURERS ...................................................................................155
7.03 APPROVED MATERIALS LIST ...............................................................................................156

8.0 SEWER LIFT STATION AND FORCE MAIN GUIDELINES ................................................. 162
8.01 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................162
8.02 PROCEDURES............................................................................................................................162
8.03 GENERAL...................................................................................................................................163
8.04 CAPACITY..................................................................................................................................164
8.05 SEWAGE LIFT STATION SITE ................................................................................................164
8.06 FORCE MAIN .............................................................................................................................165
8.07 LIFT STATION ...........................................................................................................................166
8.08 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROLS..............................................................................................168
8.09 EMERGENCY POWER..............................................................................................................169
8.10 TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT......................................................................................................170
8.11 CONTROL BUILDING ..............................................................................................................170
8.12 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS.............................................................................................171
8.13 SEWER LIFT STATION DRAWINGS LS-1 – LS-5 (TABLE OF CONTENTS ONLY).........171
8.14 SUBMERSIBLE SEWER LIFT STATION ................................................................................171

9.0 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT STANDARD DRAWINGS................................ 172

5
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 1.0 INTRODUCTION

Western Municipal Water District (Western) is a “Special District” with the mission of providing water
supply, wastewater disposal, and water resource management to the public in a safe, reliable,
environmentally sensitive, and financially responsible manner.

1.01 PURPOSE
This manual was developed to guide Developers and their Engineers through the process of design and
construction of new water and sewer facilities. Staff has included information pertinent to tract
development and small commercial buildings. If, after utilizing this handbook, you have any questions or
comments regarding the contents, please contact Development Services at (951) 789-5000.

1.02 BACKGROUND
Western Municipal Water District, a California special district, provides water supply, wastewater
disposal, and water resource management to the public in a safe, reliable, environmentally sensitive, and
financially responsible manner.
Created in 1954 to provide imported water to the western portion of Riverside County, Western is a
member agency of the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD) and purchases water
from that entity. Both Colorado water and State Water Project water are delivered into Western’s service
area. Since 1983, Western has also provided sewer service in areas where sewers have been constructed
and treatment capacity is available.
Western strongly supports and encourages wise water use by our customers as well as the general public.

Western offers a variety of programs invoking an important part of its mission statement – to provide
resource management to the public in a safe, reliable, environmentally sensitive and financially
responsible manner. The establishment, continued funding and staff support of an education program
began in the 1990s reaching thousands of students at schools within Western’s general service area.
Landscapes Southern California Style is Western’s renowned water conservation education garden created
in 1989. This one-acre demonstration garden showcases water efficient plants, shrubs, and trees in a wide
range of themes. The garden is located at the northeast corner of Alessandro Boulevard and Mission
Grove Parkway, and is open daily from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Western strongly advocates voluntary
water conservation and provides assistance in planning landscape and irrigation systems for outdoor water
conservation through free workshops and materials. Much of Western’s background, history and
invaluable water conservation information can be found on its web site at www.wmwd.com.

6
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
1.03 GENERAL SERVICE CRITERIA

Within the Design Manual, the term “Western” means Western Municipal Water District of Riverside
County. “Developer’s Engineer” means a currently licensed Registered Civil Engineer retained by the
Owner or Developer to perform engineering for water and sewer systems in conjunction with land division
development.

Water facilities include water pipelines, related appurtenances, and may include offsite facilities such as
pump stations, water storage resevoirs, and pressure regulating stations that are necessary to deliver
sufficient water at adequate volume and pressure to the development.
Sewer facilities include sewer pipelines, manholes, clean outs, and lift stations necessary to deliver
wastewater to a treatment facility.

If water or sewer service is desired within an existing service area, service can normally be provided if the
Developer meets the following conditions:
1. Pays all applicable fees and rates.

2. Designs, constructs, and dedicates to Western the necessary facilities. Western will review all
plans, and may revise, modify or request the redesign of any concepts, plans or details submitted.
All plans must be approved and signed by Western’s Principal Engineer prior to the issuance of a
Notice to Proceed for construction. Treatment facilities (water or sewer) must already exist or
their creation will be part of the obligation of the Developer.

3. Grants fee title parcels to Western on Western's Grant of Deed forms for all facilities not located
within public right-of-way. Fee title parcels shall be a minimum of 30 feet in width unless
otherwise approved by Western.

4. Pays current applicable charges in addition to completing the requirements listed above. Fees may
include: Plan Check Fees, Connection Charges, Inspection Fees, Added Facilities Charges, Zone
of Benefit Fees, Front Footage Charges, Participation Charges, Service Connection Fees, and
meter charges or other charges authorized by Western’s Board of Directors. Western should be
consulted for current and applicable fees.

The procedures for the development of water and/or sewer systems for Tract Map, Parcel Map, and Single
Lot development differ only slightly. The design standards contained herein are primarily prepared for
Tract Map development, but can be used for all three types. The applicable minimum requirements are as
follows:
• Design required facilities to Western’s standards.
• Prepare water and/or sewer plans. Western has the authority to waive this requirement for
single lot developments.
• Western’s staff reviews and approves plans.
• Dedicate right-of-way for all facilities to be owned and operated by Western.
• Provide detailed cost estimate of all improvements.
• Post all necessary fees.
• Execute a water and/or sewer system construction agreement with Western, post bonds with
the County of Riverside, or the City of Riverside, retain a qualified licensed Contractor, and
provide proof of insurance.
• Fund and obtain inspection services by Western.
7
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 • Obtain a written Notice to Proceed before construction begins.
• Have an engineer certify that the proposed final road grade (as shown on the plans and
approved by the County of Riverside, or the City of Riverside) over the pipeline alignment
has been achieved. If the existing surface of the alignment is not to be changed, it will be
necessary to so certify.
• Construct facilities to Western’s standards.
• Western’s staff provides final approval of facilities constructed.
• Complete “as-built” plans (field changes recorded on the original mylars) for Western.
• Transfer title (Grant Deed) for the constructed water and/or sewer facilities to Western.
• See Flow Chart Section 5.03.01.

7. Developer must make necessary financial arrangements with Western to accomplish above.

1.04 OTHER PUBLIC AGENCY REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the design of water and sewer plans and systems specified herein do not waive nor
are they intended to contradict any requirements required by other legal governing public agencies.

Engineers designing water and sewer plans and systems for inclusion in Western’s system must be
knowledgeable of and comply with the regulations of the State of California, the County of Riverside, the
City of Riverside, or any other local agency having jurisdiction. These shall include Administrative
Codes, Civil Codes, and Health Regulations.

1.05 WATER AND SEWER PLAN APPROVAL PROCESS

The Developer’s engineer must design the facilities and prepare the “water and/or sewer construction”
drawings to Western’s requirements. Developer’s engineer shall submit to Western’s staff all water and
sewer construction drawings for review. Western may revise, modify, or require redesign of any concepts,
drawings, or details submitted. Construction must begin within one year of approval of the water and/or
sewer construction drawings. If more than one year has elapsed, the project must go through plan check
procedure again before starting construction. The steps required to obtain plan or project site map
approval are as follows:

1. Attend Preliminary Planning Meeting.

Call Western’s Engineering Department to arrange a preliminary planning meeting to

discuss the proposed project. At the preliminary planning meeting, submit a tentative tract
map, or project site map with the preliminary water and/or sewer facilities shown. Upon
review of the project, Western may require a preliminary report and/or hydraulic network
analysis.
Western will discuss the general location and size of required facilities as well as provide
information on known existing Western facilities in the area. If available, Western’s staff
will provide as-built plans for existing facilities.
Western provides water and/or sewer service to customers directly when the customer’s
property is located in one of its service districts. If customers are outside an existing service
district, they may obtain service by (1) annexing into a service district (2) forming a new
service district, or (3) seeking service from some other nearby Public or Private Utility.
Western should be consulted for advice regarding service in any of the above circumstances.
8
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2. Submit Deposit for Preliminary Engineering Review by District Staff (if necessary).
Depending on the extent of preliminary engineering required, Western’s staff may require a
deposit to cover staff time before plan check begins. In any case, the Engineering and Plan
Check Deposit must be submitted prior to Western’s staff reviewing any preliminary
reports, hydraulic network analyses, or plan checks.

3. Submit Preliminary Report and/or Hydraulic Network Analyses (if required).

If required, the preliminary report and hydraulic network analyses must be submitted to
Western’s staff for review and comments. The preliminary report and/or hydraulic network
analyses must be approved prior to submittal of any drawings for plan check. Once
Western’s staff and the Developer’s engineer have agreed on a conceptual design, detailed
plans may be prepared and submitted.

4. Submit first plan check with plan check deposit.

The normal plan check deposit is 5% of construction costs. Any unused plan check funds
will be refunded to the payee. After review and approval of the preliminary report and/or
hydraulic network analyses, Developer’s engineer must submit the following, for the first
plan check:

1. Two copies of the water construction drawings.

2. Two copies of the sewer construction drawings.
3. One copy of the street improvement drawings.
4. One copy of the grading plans.
5. One copy of the storm drain plans.
6. Two copies of tentative Tract/Parcel Map.
7. Two copies of Tract Phasing Map (including lot numbers and street names).
8. Fire flow requirements.
9. Soils Report.

Submittals must be complete or they will be rejected. Each submittal shall include a
transmittal listing all items submitted. Details regarding design criteria are included in
Sections 2.0 for water and 3.0 for sewer. Details regarding preparation of plans and grant
deed documents are included in Section 4.0.

After Western’s staff reviews the first plan check submittal for completeness, the plans will
be sent to Western’s consultant for a detailed review. Western’s staff will provide
comments on one set of the water and sewer construction drawings and return them to
Developer’s Engineer for revisions. In addition, Western’s staff will provide a copy of
Section 1.05.01 listing all required submittals. All subsequent plan checks will be sent to
Western’s consultant. Western staff’s goal is to complete the first plan check within 15 to 20
days of receipt of a complete submittal. Plan review time varies depending on the number
of plans in the review process, size of project, complexity of plans, and completeness of
plans.

After the first set of check prints are returned, no changes except those requested or
approved by Western shall be made by the Developer’s engineer. If the Developer’s
engineer wishes to make a change other than that requested by Western, a print marked with
9
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 the proposed change in red pencil shall be submitted for approval. Only after written
approval shall the original be changed. The authorized change shall be highlighted on the
next recheck submittal. Drawings that do not follow the requirements contained in the
Design Manual and/or that are unclear, misleading, or confusing will be subject to rejection
without review.
5. Submit subsequent plan checks.
For each subsequent plan check, Developer’s engineer must submit the following:
• Previous Western plan check set.
• One copy of revised construction drawings.
• Any additional material requested.

Submittals must be complete or they will be rejected. If drawings are not yet satisfactory,
Western will make comments on one set of the drawings and return same to Developer’s
engineer for revisions. This procedure will be repeated as necessary until drawings are
complete. If Developer’s Engineer does not return previous Western plan sets, the plan
check procedure will start from the beginning.

Western staff’s goal is to complete the second plan check within 10 to 15 working days of
receipt of a complete submittal and the third plan check within 3 to 5 working days of the
receipt of a complete submittal. Plan review time varies depending on the number of plans
in the review process, size of project, complexity of plans, and completeness of plans.

6. Submit final Plans for approval, and all items required per Section 1.05.01
After all plan checks are completed and the plans are acceptable to Western’s staff, the
original mylars must be submitted to Western’s staff for signature. Prior to final approval of
the construction drawings, Developer must pay the outstanding balance for the plan check
work order and meet the required items on “Developer’s Engineer’s Required Items”
(Section 1.05.01).

7. Western Signs Plans.

Once all submittals have been completed to Western staff’s satisfaction, the mylars will be
signed. The Developer’s engineer is required to obtain signatures from all other agencies
and provide Western’s staff with the original mylars and 5 blueline prints. Original mylars
must have vertical file hanging strips attached to all sheets. Original water and sewer plan
mylars become the property of Western. Western’s staff will furnish the Developer with a
fee letter and pre-construction requirements.

Once signed, the originals cannot be modified without written permission from Western’s
Principal Engineer. Any modification after signing shall be noted in the revision block and
the cover sheet revision block.

Plans checks resubmitted after one year, regardless of number of previous submittals, will
be deemed “expired”. “Expired” plan checks resubmitted will be subject to Western’s
current Western design requirements and considered a “first plan check submittal”.

10
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
1.05.01 DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER REQUIRED ITEMS CHECKLIST (EXHIBIT D)

REQUIRED ITEMS FROM DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER

Page 1 of 2

Date: Developer:

To: Phone:
Fax:

ID# SEC T S, R W

Track/PM #: For Questions please call Sonia Huff at (951) 789-5032

Western must receive the following items before plans will be signed (checked boxes only). See attached
sheets for detail explanations.

Required / Date Received

GRADING INSPECTION DEPOSIT

FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS

SOILS REPORT

EASEMENT OR FEE TITLE PARCEL

QUITCLAIM DEED

ENGINEER’S COST ESTIMATE:

AutoCAD DISKETTE

RECORD MAP: If the Tract Map has not been recorded, then a blanket easement will
be required.

LANDSCAPE PLANS

SEQUENCE LIST

PAD ELEVATIONS

VERIFICATION OF “STAND ALONE” TRACT

cc:
Developer/Owner
WMWD – Tract File
K&S – Plan Check Consultant – Mark Messersmith, Fax (951) 684-6986
11
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 REQUIRED ITEMS FROM DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER (CONT.)
Page 2 of 2

GRADING INSPECTION DEPOSIT:

If grading is to be completed near Western’s existing facilities prior to or during the plan check process, a
grading inspection deposit of $1,000 is due

FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS:

Western will complete the required fire flow calculations, per requirements of Fire Agency having
jurisdiction (City/County). The fee for this service will be charged to the plan check work order. Due
before 2nd plan check.

SOILS REPORT:
Please provide a soils report from a certified geotechnical firm. Not required for PVC pipelines.

EASEMENT OR FEE TITLE PARCEL:

Required for locations where Western’s facilities are not in a dedicated public right of way.

QUITCLAIM DEED:
Quitclaim Deed(s) to the Developer will be required for locations where Western is abandoning
easements. Quitclaim document(s) shall include the legal description. Please allow several weeks for this
item as it requires Board approval.

ENGINEER’S COST ESTIMATE:

Please send an updated Engineer’s Cost Estimate to Western. The Engineer’s Cost Estimate shall include
an itemization and unit cost for each item that is listed on the quantity estimate on plans. Required prior
to Western’s signature on mylars.

AutoCAD DISKETTE:
An AutoCAD diskette needs to be submitted in accordance with Western’s Standard Specification and
Design Manual, Section 4.10. The diskette should contain the plan information that is ready to be
approved so that all plan check comments are reflected. PLEASE SUBMIT IN AutoCAD 2000 OR
EARLIER. Provided when mylars are submitted for signature.

RECORD MAP:
If the Tract Map has not been recorded, then a blanket easement will be required. Must be provided
for final acceptance of water system. Tracts only.

LANDSCAPE PLANS:
Landscape plans must be submitted for Model homes and common areas.

SEQUENCE LIST:
Building sequence list of Lot No’s, Phases and Addresses for all lots within the tract in digital format.

PAD ELEVATIONS:
Digital version in Excel spreadsheet: Lot # and Pad Elevation.

VERIFICATION THAT TRACT “STANDS ALONE”

All Tracts must “Stand Alone”. If any offsite facilities Offsite facilities that are not part of tract must be
built to server this tract, those facilities must be bonded for and plans must be submitted. All applicable
easements or R.O.W. must also be provided.
12
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
1.05.02 FLOW CHART - WATER AND SEWER PLAN APPROVAL PROCESS

13
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
1.06 WATER CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MODEL HOMES

At least one model home, within residential subdivisions, shall demonstrate a water conserving
landscape. Western can make available brochures on water conservation for inclusion in your new
homebuyers’ sales packets. Western’s one-acre garden exhibits water-wise landscaping and
showcases more than 250 water-efficient plants, opens daily at 10 a.m. closing at 4 p.m. and is free
to the public. Virtual tours of the garden are on Western’s website – www.wmwd.com - where
valuable water conservation information is available.

1.06.01 Riverside County Residential Model Home Requirements

1. In residential subdivisions, all model homes in the project shall comply with the provisions of
Article XIXf of Ordinance 348d Section 19.304 Residential Model Home Requirements.
2. The project applicant shall provide homebuyers with sample water-efficient landscape and
irrigation plans and additional educational material as approved by the Planning Director upon
the sale of each dwelling unit within the project. The plans shall include a key identifying the
common names of the plants used in the landscaping.
3. The project applicant shall distribute outdoor water conservation pamphlets provided by local
water purveyors, if available, to buyers upon the sale of each dwelling unit within the
development. Western can provide these at no cost.
4. A sign shall be displayed in the front yard of each model home, which is clearly visible to
homebuyers. The sign shall indicate that the model home features a water-efficient landscape
irrigation design.

1.06.02 City of Riverside Residential Model Home Requirements

1. Water efficient landscape requirements for one model home for a project consisting of eight or
more homes, per the City of Riverside’s Ordinance 6234 § 3, 1995 and 6032 § 1, 1993
Chapter 19.67 Water Efficient Landscaping and Irrigation.

1.06.03 Western’s Residential Model Home Requirements

1. Western as a member agency of Metropolitan Water District of So. California (MWD) will
enforce MWD’s Plan for Water Use Guideline requirements for water conservation.
2. Developer’s landscape architect required consultation with Western’s conservation team to
review Western’s landscape and irrigation requirements. Contact Western’s Engineering
Department for the review fee charge.
3. Developer to submit model home landscape plans for Western’s review concurrently with the
City or County submittal and Western’s approval is required prior to a building permit being
issued.
4. No water meter installations for model homes will be permitted unless the model home landscape plans
have been reviewed and approved by Western.
5. Developer to include water conservation materials, supplied by Western, to buyers upon the
sale of each dwelling unit within the development.
6. Developer to display water conservation materials, supplied by Western, inside the model
homes.

14
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 2.0 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Water system improvements proposed for inclusion into Western’s service area shall be designed in
accordance with all appropriate AWWA standards and the following criteria:

2.01 SYSTEM DEMAND CRITERIA

Western’s staff reserves the right to determine criteria for each water system or sub-system based upon
conditions that may exist for that particular location, anticipated level of development, planned use or
other criteria. In general, however, water pipelines, tanks, pump stations, pressure reducing stations
and appurtenances shall be sized to handle the highest demand on the system within the sphere of
influence and shall provide capacity for the following:

1. The maximum hourly flow.

2. The maximum daily flow plus fire flow.

Average day domestic demand shall be 300 gallons per capita per day (gpcd) on annual average, with
3.8 residents per house for 1140 gpd/unit. Assume maximum day flow of 175% of average day flow
and maximum hour flow of 300% of average day flow.

Fire flow requirements shall be in accordance with the specification of the Fire Protection Agency
having jurisdiction (Riverside County or City of Riverside).

Commercial and industrial development requirements shall be analyzed separately based on the
specific proposed project.

Water pipelines to all service areas shall be looped to provide dual direction supply and system
flexibility. Dead end transmission mains are undesirable, but can be considered on a case-by-case
basis.

2.02 SYSTEM ANALYSIS

The proposed water system shall be analyzed for the following three conditions:

1. Peak hour demands with booster pumping plants on.

For the peak hour demand flow analysis, the pressure at each node shall be a minimum of
40 psi and a maximum of 120 psi.

2. Maximum day demand plus fire flow with booster pumping plants off.

For the maximum day demand plus fire flow analysis, fire flow should be selected for the
worst-case scenario (typically the hydrant furthest from the connection(s) to Western's
distribution system, at the highest system elevation) and as directed by Western’s staff.
The pressure at each node shall be a minimum of 20 psi and the maximum velocity in the
pipelines shall be 7.5 feet per second.

3. Minimum hour demands with wells and boosters on.

15
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 For the minimum hour demand analysis, the maximum velocity in the pipelines shall be
5.0 feet per second and the maximum pressure at each node shall be 120 psi.

The Developer’s engineer will be required to submit an analysis of anticipated flow demands; average,
maximum hour flow, and maximum day plus fire flow. Western shall accept or modify the submitted
analysis.

2.03 WATER PIPELINE SIZING CRITERIA

Minimum size water pipeline is 8-inch inner diameter (I.D.). 10” water pipe is no longer utilized.

For maximum hourly flow; pipeline to be sized to provide head losses not to exceed 3.5 feet per 1000
feet of water pipeline.

For maximum daily flow plus fire flow; pipeline to be sized to provide head losses not to exceed 5 feet
per 1000 feet of water pipeline.

For all cases, mainline velocities are not to exceed 7.5 feet per second.

Use a “C” valve of 130 for polyvinyl chloride pipe and 120 for cement mortar lined steel pipe in the
Hazen-Williams formula.

Western may approve use of higher head loss factors if detailed hydraulic analysis is submitted,
including analysis of a “pumps off and fire flow plus maximum hour flow from storage condition.”

Provide a minimum of 40-psi pressure to each and every customer service using the pad elevation of
the water tank serving the area as the starting hydraulic grade line. Fire hydrants are to have 20-psi
minimum residual pressure at design capacities.

Commercial and industrial developments are to be analyzed by Developer’s Engineer for review by
Western’s staff. Western’s staff shall accept or modify the proposed pipe sizing.

Western’s staff reserves the right to specify sizing of any water pipeline.
Due to master planning, Western’s staff may require a larger size pipeline than normally required for a
particular project to satisfy Western’s design standards for system distribution requirement purposes.
Western’s Board of Directors may authorize participation and payment of increased cost of such water
pipeline in accordance with Western’s criteria.

2.04 WATER PIPELINE LOCATION

Unless otherwise approved by Western’s staff, all water pipelines shall be located on the southerly or
westerly side of the street, 6 - 8 feet from curb face or berm. The curb face or berm location shall be
per the Riverside County Transportation Department or City of Riverside design standards. Location
shall not interfere with other existing utilities.

The cover over the water pipeline shall be sufficient to provide protection of the water pipeline and for
the operation of the appurtenances. The depth shall be 3.0 feet from the ground surface (pavement,
graded travel way, or open ground) to the top of the water pipeline for 8-inch pipe or smaller. For

16
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
water pipeline 12-inch or larger, the depth shall be 4.0 feet. 10” water pipe is no longer utilized.
Western’s staff may increase or decrease this required depth as necessary to cover non-standard
conditions. Minimum slope of water pipelines shall be 0.5% unless otherwise authorized by Western’s
staff.

2.05 CURVE DATA

Water pipeline joints shall not be pulled more than themanufacturer’s recommended offset. Directional
changes for PVC pipe may be accomplished by curvature of the water pipeline itself. The minimum
bending radius for water pipelines are as follows:

PVC (20' JTS) STL (20' JTS) STL (40' JTS)

Diameter Min. Radius (ft.) Min. Radius (ft.) Min. Radius (ft.)
8" 259' 261' 524'
12" 374' 328' 656'

Where a smaller radius of curvature is required, fittings shall be used.

2.06 OTHER UTILITIES

Water pipeline installation near sewer lines shall be in accordance with State Department of Health
Services, Criteria for the Separation of Water mains and Sanitary Sewers or Western's criteria,
whichever is most restrictive. In general, water pipelines should cross perpendicular to sewer pipelines
a minimum of 1 foot above the sewer. If water pipeline crosses beneath the sewer, it should have a
minimum separation of one foot, have no joints within 10 feet of each side of the sewer, and shall be
constructed of materials per aforementioned criteria. Water pipelines parallel to sewer pipelines shall
be located a minimum of ten feet (outside to outside) from the sewer pipeline.

When crossing other utilities, a minimum vertical clearance of 6" shall be provided (outside to outside).

2.07 FEE TITLE PARCELS

Legal documentation for Fee Title Parcels shall be on Western forms and shall consist of three parts,
Grant Deed form (see section 2.08.01), legal description, and plat.

The legal description shall be designated as Exhibit "A" and if appropriate shall have the assessor's
parcel numbers indicated on the upper right corner of the exhibits. The legal description shall be
prepared by a California Registered Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor and signed and stamped by said
engineer or surveyor.

The plat shall be designated as Exhibit "B" and signed and stamped by a California Registered Land
Surveyor.

17
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.08 FEE TITLE CRITERIA

Water pipelines not located within the public right-of-way must be located in fee title parcels granted to
Western on Western’s Grant of Deed forms. Fee title parcels shall have a minimum width of 30 feet
unless otherwise authorized by Western staff.

Details for fee title parcels are included in Section 4.0 PLAN FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS –
WATER AND SEWER

18
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.08.01 GRANT DEED FORM

When recorded mail to:

Western Municipal Water District

P.O. Box 5286
Riverside, California 92517-5286

(Exempt - Gov't Code 6103)

No tax due (Grantee is a Public agency) Space above this line for recorder
I.D.NO. _______ Western’s Record No. ________
APN/TRACT _____________ Western’s Extension No._______________

GRANT DEED

FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,

__________________________________________________________________________,
herein referred to as "Grantor", hereby grants and conveys to WESTERN MUNICIPAL
WATER DISTRICT OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, a public agency organized and existing
under, and by virtue of, the Municipal Water District Law of 1911, ("Grantee"), the portion of
the water system constructed and located within that parcel of land in the County of Riverside,
being a portion of Section ________, Township _____ South, Range _____ West, San
Bernardino Base & Meridian, and more particularly described as

SEE EXHIBIT “A”

______________________________
Entity

Dated:_____________________________ ______________________________
Signature

______________________________
Title

19
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.09 WATER PIPELINE MATERIALS

Unless otherwise authorized by Western’s staff, all 8" and 12" water pipelines shall be C-900 Polyvinyl
Chloride Pipe (PVC) in accordance with Western's standards unless conditions dictate the use of
CML/CMC welded steel pipe. All water pipelines 14" and larger shall be CML/CMC welded steel
pipe and fittings in accordance with Western's standards.

2.10 VALVES

Location:

• Large water pipelines (14-inch diameter and larger): To be determined for each system to meet
operational requirements.
• Small water pipelines (12-inch diameter and smaller): To provide flexibility of operation,
generally located on discharge side of pipeline connections; 3 at crosses, 3 at tees and at
beginning of dead end mains.
• If one of the options above does not apply, valves shall be spaced at 1,320-foot maximum
intervals or as directed by Western.

Size:

• Full line size gate valves through 12-inch. For 14-inch and larger, use full line size butterfly
valves. Maximum velocity through valves normally limited to 12 feet per second, never to
exceed 20 feet per second.

Unless otherwise provided for, all valves 2” through 12” shall be resilient seat gate valves in
accordance with AWWA Standard C509.

Valves shall be installed with valve can and cover as shown on Western’s Standard Drawings.

Pressure class rating shall be the same as the water pipe on which the valve is being installed.

2.11 COMBINATION AIR VACUUM AND AIR RELEASE VALVES

Air valves shall be located at all high points of water pipelines; however, air valves shall not be
installed at the end of cul-de-sacs unless the slope of the water pipeline is 5% or greater. Minimum
size of air valves shall be 1" and shall be sized as follows:

Pipeline Diameter Air Valve Size

8" & 12" 1"
16", 20", & 24" 2"
30" 4"
> 30" Consult with Western

In phased tract development, air valves are often located at the end of the pipeline as dictated by the
phasing plan. When additional phases are constructed, the air valve shall be removed unless it is
required by one of the criteria listed above.

Provide 4-inch guard posts on either side per Western’s Standard Drawings and paint all above ground
material with 2 coats of safety yellow.
20
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.12 BLOW-OFF VALVE ASSEMBLIES

Blowoffs shall be in accordance with Western's Standard Drawings, located behind the curb face at
right angles to the water pipeline. Blowoffs shall be located at all low points of the pipeline, and at all
dead-ends or terminal points. Where possible, fire hydrants shall be used in place of blowoffs.
Minimum size of permanent blowoffs shall be 4". Minimum size of temporary blowoffs shall be 2".
Where possible, isolated low points shall be located at fire hydrant tees; otherwise, blow-off valves are
required.
Minimum size of blowoff assemblies to be 2” for temporary end of line and 4” for permanent side
outlet wharfheads.

2.13 FIRE HYDRANTS

Design per requirements of the fire protection agency having jurisdiction (Riverside County or City of
Riverside). Developer’s engineer should obtain hydrant location and spacing information from the
governing fire protection agency. Developer shall provide hydrant cap painting per fire protection
agency having jurisdiction.

Fire hydrants shall be in accordance with Western's Standards Drawings, installed behind the curb face
at right angles to the water pipeline.

2.14 SERVICE INSTALLATIONS

Services shall be in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings unless otherwise approved in
writing by Western’s staff. All domestic or landscape service installations larger than 2" shall be
approved by Western’s staff in writing.

Saddles for PVC pipe are only acceptable for services 2-inches in diameter and smaller with tees being
required for pipe outlets larger than 2-inches.

2.15 CORROSIVE SOIL

Where pipelines are to be constructed in known or likely to be corrosive soil conditions, corrosion test
stations shall be provided for steel pipe in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings at locations
determined by Western’s staff. If required, Developer will be required to install sacrificial anodes, etc.
utilizing Western’s Standard Drawings and approved materials list.

2.16 PRESSURE REDUCING STATION

Where required by Western’s staff, pressure reducing stations, including various types of control
valves, pressure relief valves, and other unique valves shall be individually designed specifically for
each installation utilizing Western’s Standard Drawings.

21
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.17 BACKFLOW PREVENTION

Where Western’s Domestic Water System has the potential of becoming cross-connected to other water
supplies or sources, an approved backflow prevention device is required by Title 17, Drinking Water
Supplies, of the California Administrative Code, and shall be installed in accordance with Western’s
Standard Drawings and approved materials list. A certified backflow tester shall test the backflow
device and submit the report for final approval by Western prior to use of the service. An approved
backflow prevention device is required for any fire service connection except for fire protection system
of Classes 1 and 2. For further information, see Western’s backflow ordinance. All non-residential
water services shall have a Western approved backflow prevention device installed adjacent to meter
unless otherwise approved by Western.

2.18 BEDDING AND BACKFILL

Pipe bedding shall be chosen and placed in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings.

All pipes shall be “shaded” at least 12 inches over the pipe, and prior to placing backfill with
sufficiently granular material having a sand equivalent of at least 30.

Backfill shall be placed to at least 3 feet below finished grade and compacted to a minimum 90%
relative compaction. The upper 3 feet shall be compacted to a minimum 95% relative compaction, or
to meet requirements of local agency whichever is greater.

2.19 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE AND TERMINAL HOUSING

Direct burial cable and terminal housings may be required with some water systems. Reference
Western’s Standard Drawings and approved materials list and consult with Western’s staff for
requirements.

2.20 CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS

To promote water-eficient landscaping, water use management and water conservation through the use
of water-efficient landscaping, wise use of turf areas and appropriate use of irrigation technology and
management.

At least one model home within a tract development shall demonstrate a water conserving landscape
per the City or Riverside’s Ordinance 6234 and the County of Riverside’s Ordinance 348d.

Riverside County Ordinance 348d Section 19.304. Residential Model Home Requirements
a. In residential subdivisions, all model homes in the project shall comply with the provisions of Article
XIXf of this ordinance.
b. The project applicant shall provide home buyers with sample water-efficient landscape and irrigation
plans and additional educational material as approved by the Planning Director upon the sale of each
dwelling unit within the project. The plans shall include a key identifying the common names of the
plants used in the landscaping.
c. The project applicant shall distribute outdoor water conservation pamphlets provided by local water
purveyors, if available, to buyers upon the sale of each dwelling unit with the development. Western can
provide these at no cost.
d. A sign shall be displayed in the front yard of each model home which is clearly visible to home buyers.
The sign shall indicate that the model home features water-efficient landscape irrigation design
and approved materials list and consult with Western’s staff for requirements.

22
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
City of Riverside Ordinance 6234 § 3, 1995 and 6032 § 1, 1993 Chapter 19.67
a. In each project consisting of eight or more homes, at least one model home that is landscaped
shall demonstrate via installed landscaping and irrigation, the principles of water efficient
landscaping and irrigation described in chapter 19.67.
b. The water efficient landscaped and irrigated model home site shall be identified as such by
signs posted which identify such water efficient elements as hydrozones, irrigation equipment
and others which contribute to the overall water efficient theme.
c. The developer shall provide information at the model home site about designing, installing, and
maintaining water efficient landscaping and irrigation.

Western can make available brochures on our water conservation education garden for your model
homes and inclusion in your new buyer packets. The one-acre garden exhibits water-wise landscaping,
showcases more than 250 water-efficient plants, opens daily at 10 a.m. closing at 4 p.m. and is free to
the public. Additionally, anyone can take a virtual tour of the garden at Western’s website –
www.wmwd.com - where they’ll discover lots of valuable water conservation information.

23
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 2.5 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR RECYCLED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

2.51 AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE:

The Developer (Applicant) or his agent shall contact Western Municipal Water District (District) to
determine the availability of recycled water service.

2.52 DETERMINATION TO USE RECYCLED WATER OR POTABLE WATER:

As set forth in the District's Ordinance No. 364 (Recycled Water), the District shall determine whether
a potential service will be furnished with recycled water or potable water. This determination shall be
in accordance with standards of treatment and water quality requirements set forth in Title 22, Chapter
4 of the California Administrative Code, and with the intent of the District to protect the public health.
The availability and/or feasibility of making recycled water facilities available will be considered.

2.53 PRELIMINARY FEASIBILITY:

In some instances, a feasibility report may be necessary to establish the means and methods of District
recycled water service to the proposed area. If required, a written agreement between the Applicant and
the District will be executed, whereby the estimated cost of the study made by the District is deposited
with the District in advance.

2.54 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA:

Before design, the Developer should obtain the following from the District:
A. Determination of feasibility of recycled water use for the proposed system.
B. Verification of locations and sizes of existing facilities in the vicinity of the proposed system.
C. Design pressures for the proposed facilities.

The design and construction of the facilities shall conform to the District Standards and Specifications.

STANDARDS FOR RECYCLED WATER METERS:

A. District will install recycled water meters two inch or smaller unless other arrangements are
approved.
B. Size and maximum flow rate of water meters:

Size - Maximum Flow Size - Maximum Flow

2" 160 gpm 6" 2000 gpm
3" 450 gpm 8" 4500 gpm
4" 1000 gpm 12" 6000 gpm

District reserves the right to size meters unless written request is submitted at the time
application is made

24
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
DEFINITIONS:

ON SITE: Any and all recycled water facilities located on the customer side or downstream side of the
meter.

OFF-SITE: Any and all recycled water facilities located on the District side or upstream side of the
meter.

2.55 RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES MATERIALS & IDENTIFICATION:

DESCRIPTION:

This section describes special materials and their installation for recycled water facilities identification.

MARKING RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES:

All recycled water facilities shall be marked in accordance with District regulations. All new buried
constant pressure transmission/distribution piping in the recycled water system, including service lines,
valves, and other appurtenances should be colored purple, Pantone 522C and embossed, or be
integrally stamped and marked "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER - DO NOT DRINK", or be
installed with a purple identification tape, or a purple polyethylene vinyl wrap color to be Pantone
522C.

PIPE IDENTIFICATION:

A. All pipe stenciling shall be by pipe manufacturer. Purple pipe, color Pantone 522C, or warning
tapes shall be used on all pressure piping carrying recycled water. The use of purple PVC pipe,
color Pantone 522C, stenciled in black, as shown herein, is preferred for pipelines sized 12
inches or less. Purple PVC pipe shall be considered for larger sizes, as pipe becomes available.

B. Pipe other than purple PVC shall have the words "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER"
stenciled in 2 inch black letters on both sides of the pipe in at least three places on a 13 foot
section of pipe (total six places per section of pipe).

C. Purple stenciled PVC irrigation piping, color Pantone 522C, is preferred. The stenciling shall
appear on both sides of the pipe with the marking "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER" in 2
inch letters repeated every 12 inches. Warning tape is to be placed six inches above pipe in
trench.

D. If non-purple pipe is used, warning tape shall be banded to pipeline at a minimum of 5 foot
intervals and warning tape is to be placed 6 inches above pipe in trench.

25
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.56 VALVE BOXES:

A. All gate valves, manual control valves, electrical control valves, pressure-reducing valves, and
pressure-relief valves for on-site recycled water systems shall be installed below grade in a
valve box with a purple cover, color Pantone 522C.

B. All valve boxes for recycled water facilities shall be painted purple per WMWD specifications.

2.57 RESTRICTION OF PUBLIC ACCESS:

A. All on-site recycled water facilities shall be restricted from public access so that the general
public cannot draw water from the system. Facilities such as wash down hydrants (typically
found at tennis courts), blow-off hydrants, blow-offs on strainers, and other such facilities shall
be restricted from public access.

B. Recycled water facilities, both above and below grade, shall be housed in an approved lockable
container colored purple, Pantone 522C. A sign reading "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER"
shall be installed, its size approved by the District. An alternative acceptable means of
restricting public access is the use of valves that operate by means of a recessed key slot or by
means of pentagonal heads (such as those typically found on fire hydrants). Other means of
restricting public access may be approved by the District.

2.58 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS:

A. Warning signs and labels shall be attached to all above ground recycled water facilities. Signs
and labels shall be a purple field, color Pantone 522C, with black lettering.

B. Warning signs and labels shall read "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER - DO NOT
DRINK", and should be in both English and other language(s) common to the particular area.
The signs should include the international symbol for do not drink.

C. The District requires warning labels to be installed on all appurtenances in vaults, such as but
not limited to, air release valves, blow-offs, meters, and on designated facilities, such as but not
limited to, controller panels and wash down or blow-off hydrants on water trucks and
temporary construction services.

D. Each pump and every pipe shall be identified with a painted or plastic label. In a fenced pump
station area, at least one sign shall be posted on the fence which can be readily seen by all
operations personnel utilizing the facility.

E. Warning signs shall be installed where recycled water is used for recreational impoundments,
according to regulations for the water quality supplied. A detailed plan must be submitted
showing placement and spacing of the proposed signs.

F. Painted labels may, at the District's discretion, be acceptable in lieu of plastic labels.

26
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2.59 POTABLE WATER PIPING:

A. All potable water piping installed within the same project limits as the on-site recycled water
piping shall be installed with potable water identification.

B. All PVC potable water piping shall be blue or shall be white with blue stenciling appearing on
both sides of the pipe with the marking "POTABLE WATER" in 2-inch letters repeated every
12 inches.

C. Blue warning tape identifying it as a potable waterline and stating "CAUTION: WATERLINE
BURIED BELOW" may be used as an alternate to blue or stenciled pipe. The tape shall run
continuously for the entire length of the main line piping. The tape shall be attached to the top
of the pipe with plastic tape banded around the warning tape and pipe every five feet on center.

D. Where a potable and recycled line cross within one foot vertically, the recycled line shall be
installed within a Class 200 PVC protective sleeve. The sleeve shall extend 10 feet either side
of the potable line for a total of 20 feet. A minimum of one foot vertical separation between
utilities must be maintained at all times. The potable line must be installed above the recycled
lines. A 10 foot horizontal separation must be maintained at all times.

2.60 MATERIALS:

DESCRIPTION:

All on-site recycled water piping shall be installed in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code and
all other local governing codes, rules, and regulations. All piping shall be continuously and
permanently marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, nominal size, and schedule or class
indicating the pressure rating.

2.61 DESLGN CRITERIA: OFF-SITE AND DISTRICT MAINTAINED RECYCLED

WATER FACILITIES:

GENERAL
Design of all off-site recycled water facilities shall be as set forth for Domestic Water Facilities

Separation:
California Department of Health Services (CADHS) regulations require a minimum 10 foot horizontal
and 1 foot vertical separation between water and sewer or recycled water mains. However, in special
situations where there is no alternative but to install the mains with less than the required separation,
special construction will be considered on an individual basis by the District and CADHS for approval.
In no instance shall recycled waterlines be located seven feet from the south or west curb.

Standard Location:
ƒ The recycled water mains shall normally be located between water and sewer lines and shall be
in accordance with the requirements of separation from water and sewer lines. They shall not
be located seven feet from south or west curb face, as that is the standard location for potable
water mains.
a) For 110 ft. Right of Way (R.O.W.): 29 ft. from centerline on North or East side of street.
b) For 100 ft. R.O.W.: 24 ft. from centerline on North or East side of street.

27
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 c) For 88 ft. R.O.W.: 18 ft. from centerline on North or east side of street.
d) For 66 ft. R.O.W.: 12 ft. from centerline on North or East side of street.
e) For 60 ft. R.O.W. or less: Review with WMWD Design Engineer on a case by case basis
prior to plan submission.

ƒ Pipe Slopes, Centergrade Elevations, and Stationing at all grade breaks to be shown in profile.

ƒ Show "Joint Restraint" distances at appropriate design locations.

ƒ Show weld length by dimensions or stations on concrete mortar lined and coated (CML&C)
steel pipe at appropriate design locations in plan.

Pipeline Crossings
Recycled water pipeline crossings over sewer mains, must have one foot vertical clearance between
bottom of recycled water line and top of sewer main. If a recycled water pipeline must cross under a
potable water pipeline, a one foot vertical clearance between bottom of the potable water line and top
of the recycled water line is required. When there is no alternative except for the recycled to go over
the potable water, special conditions will be required per CADHS requirements.

Normally, water, sewer, and recycled water shall be located vertically from the street surface so the
potable water shall be above recycled water and recycled water shall be above sewer.

Whenever a crossing must occur where required clearances cannot be met, special construction will be
required as specified by CADHS regulations. Encasement may be required if conditions cannot be met.

If a sewer or recycled water main is above a water main, or if a sewer main is above a recycled water
main, the special construction shall extend a sufficient distance on both sides of the crossing to provide
a minimum of 10 feet of horizontal clearance. If a sewer or recycled water main is located below a
water main or if a sewer is located below a recycled water main, and within a vertical distance of a one
foot clearance distance, the special construction shall extend a sufficient distance on both sides of the
crossing to provide four feet of horizontal clearance. These construction requirements shall not apply to
those house laterals that cross perpendicular less than one foot below a pressure water or recycled water
main.

VALVES:

1. Resilient Seat Valves (R.S.G.V) 4" thru 16" are to be used wherever a saddled connection is
made to an existing line.
2. R.S.G.V. valves are to be used at temporary ends of lines and at connections to existing
system.
3. Butterfly valves may be used throughout the rest of the system and for sizes larger than 16".
4. Valve Spacing: Spacing requirements shall be as set forth for water, except as noted herein. On
long blocks, intermediate valves shall be provided upon request of the District.

BLOW-OFFS:

I. Use a blow-off at the end of all lines and at low points.

2. Use blow-off per WMWD Std. Dwg. W-1200 at ends of lines that will be extended in the
future.

28
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
AIR VALVES:

An air valve is required at high points in the recycled water line wherever pipe grade changes from an
"uphill" slope to a "downhill" slope. Designate an air valve symbol and station in profile.

FITTINGS:

Call out station at all tees and elbows in plan.

UTILITY CROSSINGS:

Show caution note designating type, size, and stationing of the utility line wherever it crosses a
recycled water line, sewer main or water line.

RECYCLED WATER SERVICE:

Show symbol on plans and station for any meter that is not installed as typical. One alternative is to
designate as "field-located". Show service on "Recycled Water Line Layout".

EASEMENTS:

Recycled water lines in easements are allowed upon prior approval by the District, prior to plan
submittal. Provide easement description and plats where required. The minimum easement width is 30
ft. for 8" pipeline and smaller, 40 ft. minimum for 12" pipeline and larger. The recycled water line is to
be in the center of the easement. Show and label easements on index map and plan view of
improvement plans.

WMWD OFF-SITE RECYCLED WATER NOTES

Use only those notes determined appropriate by the Design Engineer, with appropriate standards to
be selected by him/her.

Detailed Requirements (List on Recycled Water line layout for Subdivision Improvements and on
front sheet of the Construction Plans where they are not the same).

RECYCLED WATER GENERAL NOTES:

1. WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY THE

DEVELOPER FOR DEDICATION TO WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT.
CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, TESTING, AND INSPECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH
WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT'S STANDARDS. THE INSTALLATION
SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL PUBLIC AGENCIES
HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION
(A.W.W.A.) STANDARDS. FAILURE TO MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL BE
CAUSE FOR REJECTION.

2. CONSTRUCTION OF THE WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL NOT

COMMENCE UNTIL A FINAL MAP HAS BEEN RECORDED BY RIVERSIDE COUNTY
AND THE DEVELOPER'S ENGINEER HAS CERTIFIED THAT ALL STREETS ARE

29
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 CONSTRUCTED TO FINAL GRADE. WATER PIPELINES SHALL BE INSTALLED
AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF CURB & GUTTER SEWER STORM DRAIN AND PRIOR
TO THE PLACEMENT OF CROSS-GUTTERS. SPANDRELS AND PAVING.

3. PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE OF THE PIPE

PRESSURE CLASS (NOT W.W.P. CLASS) SHOWN ON THE PROFILE OF THESE
PLANS. (NOTE: CAST IRON FITTINGS ARE NOT ALLOWED.)

4. COVER OVER PIPE SHALL BE 36 INCHES FOR PIPELINES LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN
DIAMETER AND 48 INCHES FOR PIPELINES 12 INCHES AND GREATER IN
DIAMETER. WHEN THE WATER PIPELINE ENCOUNTERS AN OBSTRUCTION AND
CROSSING OVER THE OBSTRUCTION WILL RESULT IN LESS THAN MINIMUM
COVER, THE WATER PIPELINE SHALL CROSS UNDER THE OBSTRUCTION
(MINIMUM 12 INCH CLEARANCE).

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRENCH PROTECTION AND CONDUCT ALL

CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CAL-OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL
DETERMINE DEPTH AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
PRIOR TO TRENCHING. OPEN TRENCH AT ANY ONE TIME SHALL BE LIMITED TO
500' ALONG ROAD RIGHT OF WAY AND SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND
COMPACTED AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH DAY. CONTACT UNDERGROUND
SERVICE ALERT 1-800-227-2600 PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.

6. PIPE SHALL BE HANDLED SO AS TO PROTECT PIPE AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE

CAREFULLY BEDDED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEARING AND TO PREVENT
UNEVEN SETTLEMENT. PIPE SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FLOTATION AT
ALL TIMES. OPEN ENDS SHALL BE SEALED AT ALL TIMES WHEN
CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN PROGRESS.

7. PIPE JOINTS SHALL NOT BE DEFLECTED AT ANY ANGLE GREATER THAN THE
MAXIMUM ANGLE RECOMMENDED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER. ALL
WELDED JOINTS SHALL BE DOUBLE PASS MINIMUM.

8. TAPS ON PIPELINE SHALL BE INSTALLED PER DISTRICT STANDARDS AND AS

APPROVED IN THE FIELD BY WMWD INSPECTOR. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING
WMWD PIPE LINES SHALL NOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNLESS WESTERN
MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT'S INSPECTOR IS PRESENT. WESTERN MAY ELECT
TO MAKE THE CONNECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY BOTH
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING WATER PIPELINES
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.

9. BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO EITHER 90% RELATIVE DENSITY,

EQUIVALENT TO THE SURROUNDING GROUND OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE
STRINGENT.

10. TEST PRESSURE SHALL BE 150% OF PIPE CLASS RATING (IE: CLASS 150=225 PSI
TEST), SHALL BE UNDER CONTINUOUS INSPECTION AND SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH DISTRICT STANDARD PROCEDURES.

30
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
11. SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S
OPERATIONS SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION.

12. FIRE HYDRANTS AND AIR VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED PER AGENCY HAVING
JURISDICTION.

13. WATER METERS SHALL BE LOCATED PER PLAN, ANY RELOCATION SHALL BE
APPROVED BY WMWD. A "RW" SHALL BE IMPRINTED ON CURB FACE AT EACH
SERVICE LATERAL (METER) LOCATION.

14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE 14 GA SOLID COPPER LOCATOR WIRE WITH ALL C-
900 PVC PIPE TO ASSIST WITH FUTURE LOCATION.

15. THE DEVELOPER SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF PRINTS SHOWING ALL "AS-
BUILT" CONDITIONS INCLUDING THE STATIONING OF SERVICE LATERAL
CONNECTIONS AND PAD ELEVATIONS AS A CONDITION OF FINAL APPROVAL.

16. ANY REVISION TO THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT.

17. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED THAT THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT MAY
INVOLVE WORKING IN A CONFINED AIR SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH "CONFINED AIR SPACE" ARTICLE 108,
TITLE B CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.

18. ALL PIPES LARGER THAN 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER SHALL BE INSPECTED BY

VIDEO CAMERA PRIOR TO BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING.

19. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL WORK FOR 12 MONTHS AFTER DATE OF
FINAL INSPECTION.

20. ALL MATERIALS, TESTING, & INSPECTION OF PIPE SHALL BE IN CONFORMITY

WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY & THE AMERICAN WATER
WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) STANDARDS.

21. FAILURE TO MEET ANY OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, THE

DISTRICT, OR AND THE (AWWA) SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CAUSE FOR
REJECTION.

22. SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND RECYCLED

PIPELINES SHALL CONFORM TO CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
SERVICES GUIDANCE MEMO NO. 2003-02, GUIDANCE CRITERIA FOR THE
SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND NON-POTABLE PIPELINES.

23. ALL PIPES INSTALLED ABOVE OR BELOW GROUND THAT ARE INTENDED TO
CARRY RECYCLED WATER SHALL BE COLORED PURPLE OR DISTINCTIVELY
WRAPPED WITH PURPLE TAPE.

24. ALL ABOVE GROUND RECYCLED FACILITIES, VALVES, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND
OTHER OUTLETS SHALL BE COLOR CODED PURPLE, TAGGED, OR OTHERWISE
31
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 MARKED TO DIFFERENTIATE RECYCLED WATER FROM DOMESTIC OR OTHER
WATER.

25. A WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE ALL

RECYCLED WATER PIPELINES. WARNING TAPE SHALL BE PURPLE, 6 INCHES
WIDE WITH THE WORDS "RECYCLED WATERLINE BURIED BELOW" PRINTED ON
THE TAPE.

32
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SEWER SYSTEM FACILITIES

The following design criteria shall be used for sewer systems to be included in Western’s service areas.
Exceptions and deviations from these specifications must be approved in writing from Western’s staff.

3.01 SYSTEM FLOW RATE CRITERIA

Design flow rates shall be in accordance with the following:

Q = Peaked Average Daily Flow + Infiltration

where infiltration corresponds to the maximum inflow of groundwater impacting the sewer system.
The peaked average daily flow for residential development consists of a peaking factor applied to an
average daily flow. (See Section 3.01.01). Average daily flows for residential areas are indicated as
follows. Commercial and industrial sewers shall be determined on an individual basis.

Average Daily Flow For Residential Units

ASSUMED
UNIT GPCD PERSONS/UNIT GPD/UNIT
Retirement 80 2.5 200
Single Family 100 3.3 330
Multi-Family 100 3.3 330

GPCD = Gallons/capita/day GPD = Gallons/day

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and Industrial dischargers will be investigated on a case-by-case basis.

33
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
3.01.01 SYSTEM DEMAND CURVE

34
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
3.02 SEWER PIPELINE SIZING

Pipeline sizing for gravity pipelines shall be determined on the basis of the design flow rate and
incorporating the following criteria:

Pipe Diameter Mannings Roughness Coefficient D/d Max.

8” to 12 0.013 0.50
15” or greater 0.013 0.75

Required velocities at design flow (Q) shall be as follows:

Minimum Maximum
Sewer Pipelines 2 fps 10 fps
Force Pipelines 3 fps 5 fps
Inverted Siphons 3 fps 5 fps

The maximum velocity at design flow allowed in any sewer pipeline is 10 fps.

Do not increase sewer sizes in flat topography, to justify use of flatter grades. Under minimal flow
conditions, wastewater in larger pipelines can have velocities lower than that in smaller pipelines.

Head losses for force mains shall be approximately 5 feet per 1,000 feet of force main. The
developer’s engineer shall evaluate the need for odor control facilities for all force mains.

3.03 SYSTEM ANALYSIS

Each sewer main in the proposed sewer system shall be analyzed for peak flow plus infiltration.

3.04 LOCATION

Unless otherwise approved by Western, all sewers shall be located on the northerly or easterly side of
the street, 6 feet from street centerline per the Riverside County Transportation Department standards.
Location shall not interfere with other existing utilities.

Horizontal curves are allowed on all pipe sizes 8” and larger, but are not encouraged except where
necessary to maintain the required clearance from water pipelines. The minimum curve radius for
sewers shall conform to the manufacturers minimum recommendations. Western’s staff shall review,
modify, and/or approve all proposed horizontal curved sewer designs.

Vertical curves are not permitted within sewer systems except when approved by Western’s staff.
Application for exceptions shall be in writing prior to plan check submittal and include justification.

The minimum depth of cover over the sewer pipeline should be sufficient to sewer adjacent properties,
where practical. Typical depth from finish street grade to sewer flow line is 7.5 feet. Adequate depth
shall be provided so that the sewer laterals will have a minimum cover of 5 feet at the property line.

35
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
When an area outside the development, but tributary to, can be logically served by future extension of a
proposed sewer, the sewer pipeline shall extend to the tract boundary or to the end of a paved street in a
manner to facilitate the future extension and include any necessary diameter over sizing and extra
depth.

Sewer installation near water pipelines shall be in accordance with State Department of Health
Services, Criteria for the Separation of Water Mains and Sanitary Sewers, or Western's criteria,
whichever is most restrictive. In general, sewers should cross perpendicular to water lines a minimum
of 1 foot below the water pipeline. Sewer pipelines parallel to water pipelines shall be located a
minimum of ten feet (outside to outside) from the water pipeline.

When crossing other utilities, a minimum vertical clearance of 6" shall be provided (outside to outside),
unless otherwise approved by Western and State Department of Health Services.

Sewer installation shall provide a minimum clearance of 50 feet from all potable, non-potable, and
water quality monitoring wells.

3.05 SEWER LATERALS

Sewer laterals shall have a minimum diameter of 4". Laterals shall have a minimum slope of 2% from
sewer to property line and shall have a minimum cover of 5 feet at the property line.

3.06 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION

Unless otherwise authorized by Western, all sewers and laterals shall be extra strength vitrified clay
pipe (VCP) in accordance with Western's Standards. All force mains shall be C-900 polyvinyl chloride
pipe (PVC) in accordance with Western's Standard Drawing. All installations are to be as shown in
Western’s Standard Drawings.

3.07 PIPE SLOPE

Gravity sewers shall have the following slopes:

Pipe Preferred Extreme Min.

Dia. Min. Slope Min. Slope Slope Max Slope
(in.) (V=3 fps) (V=2 fps) (V=1.5 fps) (V=10 fps)

8 0.007 60 0.003 40 0.001 90 0.086

10 0.005 80 0.002 60 0.001 40 0.061
12 0.004 40 0.002 00 0.001 10 0.049
15 0.003 30 0.001 50 0.000 81 0.036
18 0.002 50 0.001 13 0.000 66 0.029
21 0.002 10 0.000 92 0.000 52 0.024
24 0.001 75 0.000 76 0.000 44 0.020
27 0.001 46 0.000 64 0.000 36 0.017
30 0.001 30 0.000 56 0.000 31 0.015
33 0.001 06 0.000 50 0.000 29 0.012

36
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
Slopes shall be set to 2 decimal figures, evenly divisible by 4, where possible. Extreme minimum
slopes may be used only under special conditions approved by Western’s staff.

3.08 MANHOLES

All manholes with a depth less than 12' shall have a diameter of 48". All manholes with a depth of 12
feet or more shall have a diameter of 60", per Western’s Standard Drawings.

Manholes shall be spaced at 450 foot maximum intervals for 8" sewers, 500 foot maximum intervals
for sewers 10" and larger, and 400 foot maximum intervals for sewers with slopes 5% or greater. In
addition, manholes shall be placed at all the following locations: grade breaks, changes in horizontal
alignment, changes in sewer diameter, at street intersections, at sewer pipe intersections, at connections
with laterals 6" or larger in diameter, and at the beginning of sewer runs such as a cul-de-sacs.

A drop of 0.2 feet for straight runs and 0.2 to 0.5 feet for 90° bends shall occur across manholes.
Junction manholes shall be designed with the soffits of the intersecting sewer at the same elevation as
the soffit of the upstream sewer.

Clean-outs may be installed at the end of a sewer pipeline if the distance from a manhole is less than
200 feet.

Marker posts shall be required if manholes or clean-outs are to be installed outside of paved areas.

3.09 DROP MANHOLES

Drop manholes shall not be used without prior approval by Western’s staff.

3.10 LIFT STATIONS AND INVERTED SIPHONS

Lift stations, inverted siphons or nonstandard construction should be avoided whenever possible. In
situations requiring such installations, facilities shall be designed by Western’s staff, a Western
retained consultant, or the Developer’s engineer and reviewed and approved by Western staff.
Western’s staff should be consulted in the early planning stages to assess the need for such installations
and to develop the site-specific design criteria.

3.11 BACKWATER OVERFLOW VALVES

Backwater overflow valves shall be required wherever structures served by sewer laterals are subject to
flooding in the event a sewer main stoppage causes the upstream manhole to overflow. Residences with
slab elevations lower than street elevation and/or lower than the rim of the upstream manhole shall
have backwater overflow valves installed according to Western’s Standard Drawings.

Backwater overflow valves shall not be required wherever intermediate manholes can be placed to
economically preclude the need for backwater valves (such spacing not to be less than 120 feet).
Ordinarily, one additional manhole can be economically justified if four backwater overflow valves can
be eliminated.

Backwater overflow valves should be in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings and installed at
the shallowest location allowing for future inspection and maintenance.

37
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
The Design Engineer shall show all backwater overflow valves and their locations for installations on
private property. These valves shall be indicated on both the location map (cover sheet) and the plan
and profile sheets.

3.12 BEDDING AND BACKFILL

Pipe bedding shall be chosen and placed in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings.

All pipes shall be “shaded” prior to placing backfill with sufficiently granular material having a sand
equivalent of at least 30 for a minimum thickness of 12” over the pipe.

Backfill shall be placed to at least 3 feet below finished grade and compacted to a minimum 90%
relative compaction. The upper 3 feet shall be compacted to a minimum 95% relative compaction, or
to meet requirements of local agency, whichever is greater.

3.13 FEE TITLE CRITERIA

Sewers not located within public right-of-way must be located in fee title parcels granted to Western on
Western's Grant of Deed forms. Fee title parcels shall have the following minimum widths:

Minimum Width of
Sewer Flow line Depth Fee Title Parcel
(Ft) (Ft)

10 and less 30
11-15 35
16-20 45
21-25 50

Details for fee title parcels are included in Section 4.0 PLAN FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS -
WATER AND SEWER.

38
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 4.0 PLAN FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS - WATER AND SEWER

The Developer’s engineer shall prepare system improvement plans that are clear, concise, and meet
Western’s standards. A set of plans that meet all the requirements set forth herein, but are difficult to
interpret, mislead the Contractor, confuse the reader, or do not address previous plan check comments,
are unacceptable and will be subject to rejection without review.

4.01 SHEET FORMAT – GENERAL

Drawings shall be drawn in ink on D size mylar (4 mil double matted) sheets (24" x 36") withWesern’s
standard title blocks as shown in (Section 4.05). Please contact Western’s engineering department for a
copy of the cover sheet format in Autocad.

The improvement plans shall be professional quality especially prepared as WATER DRAWINGS,
SEWER DRAWINGS or WATER AND SEWER DRAWINGS. Work shall be of standard
engineering practice and shall be well arranged, neat, legible and present the proposed construction
without confusion. Applicable blue prints submitted for checking shall also be clear, bright
duplications. Water and sewer design shall be shown on separate drawings. In some cases, sewer and
water improvements may be placed on the same drawing if approved in advance by Western’s staff.
Drawings shall show both plan and profile of the facilities. The profile shall be shown on gridline
background and shown vertically above the plan.

All drawings shall be drawn to scale using 1”=40’ on the horizontal scale, and 1”=4’ (preferred) or
1”=8’ on the vertical scale. Scale bars shall be provided. Match lines and continuations from sheet to
sheet shall be used and identified with applicable station points and cross-reference. Always indicate
true north with a suitable north arrow. Indicate tract number and sheet number on all drawings. Each
sheet shall have a title block with tract number, street name and stations appearing on that sheet.
Stationing on all sheets shall be from the left to right (even if this requires north to be “down”).

For special assemblies, unusual and/or complex connections provide a detail schematic (preferably on
the same sheet). The detail schematic shall be drawn to scale, show pipe size, and shall fully identify
all the parts in the detail. Show and call out all special features and indicate scale.

The Engineer shall note on the plans, all connections to existing water and sewer facilities and note
who is to construct them. Contractors are not authorized to make connections to existing water
facilities, unless approved by Western’s staff. Contractors shall not operate any valve on any portion
of Western’s system that is under pressure.

4.02 COVER SHEET

As a minimum, the Cover Sheet shall show the following:

1. General notes (Section 4.06 for Water Drawings and Section 4.07 for Sewer Drawings).
Said notes shall include engineered fire flow requirements.
2. Legend with Standard Western Symbols (Section 4.05).
3. Numbered construction notes with Estimate of Quantities (Section 4.05).
4. Water and/or Sewer System Certification (Section 4.05).
5. Index of Drawings (Section 4.05).
6. Vicinity and Location Map
a. Scale

39
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 b. North Arrow
c. Street Names
d. Section, Township, and Range
7. Signature Block for Approval

4.03 INDEX MAP

As a minimum, the Index Map shall show the following:

1. Scale (1" = 100' or 1" = 400')

2. North Arrow
3. The entire land division showing proposed Tract Layout with Street Names and Lot
Numbers. Last Lot Number shall be circled
4. Pad elevations shall show four digits to the left of the decimal point, and shall be
accurate to the nearest one half foot.
5. For Water pipeline Construction Drawings, the Following shall be Shown Under Label
of Index Map:

Pressure Zone __________

Highest Pad Elevation _________
Lowest Pad Elevation _________

6. Proposed Water pipelines Identified by Diameter and Materials

7. Proposed Sewers Identified by Diameter and Materials

8. Proposed Water pipeline Appurtenances

a. Fire Hydrants
b. Air Valves
c. Blowoffs
d. Tees, Crosses
e. Valves
f. Water Services
9. Proposed Sewer Appurtenances
a. Manholes
b. Sewer Laterals
c. Backwater Valves
10. Sheet Numbers Corresponding to Plan and Profile Sheets

The Use of a second sheet in order to include all required information in a clear and easy to read
manner is permissible.

4.04 PLAN AND PROFILE FORMAT

The plan/profile sheets shall be drawn at a horizontal scale of 1"=40' and a vertical scale of 1"=4'. A
vertical scale of 1" = 8' is permissible if approved by Western prior to preparation of the construction
drawings. As a minimum, the drawings shall show the following:

40
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.04.01 Plan Format Requirements

a. Title Block - Title block shall include Tract Number, street name, and stations.
b. North Arrow - North Arrow shall point up or to the left if possible to conform with
stationing (see item K).
c. Street Names - All street names shall be shown.
d. Lot Lines - All lot lines and parcel lines shall be shown. All lots shall be numbered
or labeled. All adjacent tracts shall be identified.
e. Right-of-Way - Existing and proposed right-of-way shall be identified with
dimensions for same shown.
f. Curbs - Existing and/or proposed curbs shall be identified with dimensions from
street centerline shown.
g. Fee Title Parcels - Existing or proposed fee title parcels shall be identified with
dimensions for same shown.
h. Utilities - All existing and proposed utilities shall be shown including, but not be
limited to, water (existing Western water pipelines shall be identified by Western
Plan No.), sewer (existing Western sewer pipelines shall be identified by Western
Plan No.), gas, power, telephone, storm drain, irrigation, traffic, and cable television.
Each utility shall be identified with a symbol and the size of the utility shall be
shown.
i. Existing and Proposed Improvements - All existing surface improvements shall be
shown including, but not limited to, curb and gutter, edge of pavement, power poles,
driveways, sidewalks, and fences.
j. Proposed Pipeline - Proposed pipeline shall be indicated with a heavy line. For
water pipelines, dimensions from street centerline to centerline of water pipeline and
from centerline of water pipeline to existing or proposed curb shall be shown. For
sewers, dimensions from street centerline to centerline of sewer shall be shown.
k. Stationing - For water pipelines, stationing along the centerline of the improvement
is acceptable. For sewers, stationing shall be along the centerline of the sewers.
Unless otherwise specified, stationing shall increase from left to right. Stationing
shall be identified with tick marks at 100' intervals.

For water pipelines and/or sewers with curves, stations for the beginning and end of
each curve shall be shown. In addition, a curve data table shall be included showing
the delta, curve radius, curve length, and tangent length for each curve.
l. Match Lines – Match lines for each end of the sheet shall be shown as follows:

Sta 15+00.00 Match Line

See Sheet 5
m. Water pipelines - Water pipe lines and appurtenances (valves, fittings, thrust blocks,
fire hydrants, air valves, water services, and blowoffs) shall be identified by
numerical identification and construction notes with the following sample format:

1 8" C-900 (Class _____) PVC water pipeline per WMWD Std. Dwg. Nos.
W-1540 and W-1550.

2 1" Domestic Water Service per WMWD Std. Dwg. No. W-0070.

3 4" Blowoff Assembly per WMWD Std. Dwg. No. W-0214.

41
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 All water pipeline appurtenances including valves, tees, crosses, elbows, plugs,
thrust blocks, fire hydrants, air valves, and blowoffs shall be identified by Station
and a numerical identification. Water services shall be identified by numerical
identification only (Stations not required); however, a table listing all of the water
service stations shall be included with the “as-built” drawings and shall be a
requirement of final inspection.

Only those construction notes that apply to each sheet shall be shown.

All connections to existing water system shall be identified by station and size.
Details for connections shall be used where required. Each connection shall have the
following note, "Connection by Contractor with continuous inspection by Western".

n. Sewers - Sewers and appurtenances (sewer laterals, manholes, and backwater valves)
should be identified by numerical identification and construction notes with the
following sample format:

1 8" VCP sewer per WMWD Std. Dwg. No. W-1010.

2 48" Dia. Sewer Manhole per WMWD Std. Dwg. No. W-1070.

3 4" Sewer Lateral per WMWD Std. Dwg. No. W-1050.

All sewer appurtenances except sewer laterals shall be identified by station and a
numerical identification. Sewer laterals shall be identified by numerical
identification only (stations not required); however, a table listing all of the sewer
lateral stations shall be included with the “as-built” drawings and shall be a
requirement of final inspection.

Only those construction notes that apply to each sheet shall be shown.

All connections to existing sewer system shall be identified by station and size.
Details for connections shall be used where required. Each connection shall have the
following note, "Connection by Contractor with continuous inspection by Western".

4.04.02 Profile Format Requirements

Only profiles for water and sewer shall be shown. All other utility profiles shall not be
shown unless conflicting, or where crossing over or under (i.e. storm drain).

a. Stationing - Stations shall be shown along bottom of profile at 100 foot intervals.
Profile stationing shall line up with plan stationing.
b. Elevations - Elevations shall be shown at even gridlines on both ends of the profile
sheet.
c. Existing and Proposed Ground Surface - Existing ground surface or pavement
over the proposed pipeline shall be identified as follows:
Existing Top of Pavement (or ground surface) over Centerline of Water pipeline (or
sewer). Proposed ground surface or pavement over the proposed pipeline shall be
identified as follows: Proposed Top of Pavement (or ground surface) over
Centerline of Water pipeline (or sewer).

42
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
d. Match Lines - Match lines for each end of sheet shall be shown as follows:

Sta 15+00.00 Match Line

See Sheet 5

e. Water pipelines:

Water pipeline Identification - Flow lines of proposed water pipelines shall be

identified as follows:

FL __" C-900 (Class ___) PVC Water pipeline.

Both the flow line and top of water pipelines shall be shown.

Water pipeline Length - At top of profile, water pipeline length shall be identified
as follows:

____ L.F. of __" C 900 (Class __) PVC Water pipeline.

Restrained Joints - Locations that require restrained joints shall be identified as

follows:

Welded Steel Pipe

Full weld double pass all joints
PVC Pipe
Restrained joints

Stationing and Flow Line Elevations - Pipeline stationing and flow line elevations
shall be shown for each grade break as follows:

STA 14+00.00 GB
1192.35 FL

Pipeline stationing and flow line elevations shall be shown for each tee, cross, air
valve, and blowoff as follows:

Sta 12+25.00 Numerical

1190.00 FL Identification

Pipeline stationing shall be shown for all fire hydrants, elbows, BC's, and EC's as
follows:

Sta 12+25.00 Numerical

Identification

All pipeline stationing and flow line elevations shall be placed below the water
pipeline.

43
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 Pipeline Slopes - Minimum slopes shall be 0.0050. Pipe slopes shall be shown
between all grade breaks to four decimal places (i.e. +0.0075) with + or – for
direction of slope.

Pipe Cover - For 8" water pipelines, the pipe cover shall be 3.0' and for water
pipelines 12" and larger the pipe cover shall be 4.0'.

Utility Crossings - Where water pipelines cross over utilities with a clearance of 2'
or less, the drawings shall show the elevations for the bottom of the water pipeline
and the top of the utility. Where water pipelines cross under utilities with a
clearance of 2' or less, the drawings shall show the elevations for the top of the water
pipeline and the bottom of the utility.

f. Sewers

Sewer Identification - Flow line of proposed sewers should be identified as follows:

FL __" VCP Sewer.

Both the flow line and top of sewers shall be shown.

Stationing and Flow Line Elevation - Sewer stationing and flow line elevations
shall be shown at inlet and outlet of each sewer manhole as follows:

STA 12+25.00
1192.35 FL

A minimum drop of 0.2' shall be shown across each manhole.

Manholes - Each manhole shall be identified as follows:

Sta 12+12.00 Numerical

Manhole No. ___ Identification

Sewer Lengths and Sewer Slopes - Sewer lengths and sewer slopes shall be shown
between all manholes as follows:

S = 0.005 135.00 LF ___" VCP

Minimum Cover - The minimum cover shall be 7 feet between the top of sewer and
existing or proposed ground surface.

Utility Crossing - Where sewers cross over utilities with a clearance of 2' or less, the
drawings shall show the elevations for the bottom of the sewer and the top of the
utility. Where sewers cross under utilities with a clearance of 2' or less, the drawings
shall show the elevations for the top of the sewer and the bottom of the utility.

44
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.05 STANDARD SHEET INDEX, LEGEND, APPROVAL BLOCKS

The following examples of standard information shall appear on all plans submitted to Western for
approval. If too much information is required for a clear and concise single cover sheet, two separate
sheets may be used.

Index of drawings for cover sheet only:

INDEX OF DRAWINGS

Drawing/Sheet No. Title

1 of Location Map, Notes and Index of Drawings

2 of
3 of

Estimated
Construction Notes Quantities

_____ _ inch PVC C-900 Class (____) water pipeline _____ L.F.
inch CML/CMC welded steel water pipeline _____ L.F.
_______ Standard Fire hydrant per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
inch gate valve assembly per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
inch blow-off assembly per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
inch air-vacuum/air-release valve per WMWD No. W-________ _____ ea.
inch water service connection per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
_______ 48” sewer manhole per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
_______ Sewer cleanouts per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
inch VCP Sewer per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ L.F.
______ 4 inch Sewer laterals per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.
_______ Backwater overflow valve per WMWD Drawing No. W-________ _____ ea.

45
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 Symbol Legend for cover sheet only:

Certification blocks appear on certain sheets as indicated below:

a. Cover Sheet (only) of plans for system improvements proposed to become part of Western
shall have the following:

WATER CERTIFICATION BLOCK

I certify that the design of the Water System in Tract No. ________ is in accordance with the
Water System master plans of Western Municipal Water District of Riverside County, and that
the water service, storage and distribution system will be adequate to provide water service to
such tract. This certification does not constitute a guarantee that it will supply water to such
tract at any specific quantities, flows or pressures for fire protection or any other purpose.

___________________________________ ______________________
CIVIL ENGINEER RCE 46212 DATE

46
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
SEWER CERTIFICATION BLOCK

I certify that the design of the sewer system in Tract No. _________ is in accordance with the
sewer system expansion plans of the Western Municipal Water District and that the waste
disposal system is adequate at this time to treat the anticipated wastes from the proposed tract.

___________________________________ _______________________
CIVIL ENGINEER RCE 46212 DATE

b. Cover Sheets and Plan and Profile Sheets of system improvements proposed to become
part of Western shall have the following:

Approved by Western Municipal

Water District for Construction

_________ _________________
Date Civil Engineer
RCE 46212

Void after one year from this date

c. Cover Sheet of system improvement plans for other agencies that need review by Western
for non-interference compliance shall have the following:

REVIEWED BY:
WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
for Non-Interference Compliance

SHEET _________ THROUGH _________

__________________________________
Civil Engineer RCE 46212

DATE: _______________

47
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.06 GENERAL NOTES FOR WATER PIPELINES

1. WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY THE DEVELOPER

FOR DEDICATION TO WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT. CONSTRUCTION,
MATERIALS, TESTING, AND INSPECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH WESTERN
MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT’S STANDARDS. THE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET
OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL PUBLIC AGENCIES HAVING
JURISDICTION AND THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (A.W.W.A.)
STANDARDS. FAILURE TO MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL BE CAUSE FOR
REJECTION.

2. CONSTRUCTION OF THE WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL NOT

COMMENCE UNTIL A FINAL MAP HAS BEEN RECORDED BY RIVERSIDE COUNTY
AND THE DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER HAS CERTIFIED THAT ALL STREETS ARE
CONSTRUCTED TO FINAL GRADE. WATER PIPELINES SHALL BE INSTALLED
AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF CURB & GUTTER, SEWER, STORM DRAIN, AND PRIOR
TO THE PLACEMENT OF CROSS-GUTTERS, SPANDRELS, AND PAVING.

3. PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE OF THE PIPE PRESSURE

CLASS (NOT W.W.P. CLASS) SHOWN ON THE PROFILE OF THESE PLANS. (NOTE:
CAST IRON FITTINGS ARE NOT ALLOWED.)

4. COVER OVER PIPE SHALL BE 36 INCHES FOR PIPELINES LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN
DIAMETER AND 48 INCHES FOR PIPELINES 12” AND GREATER IN DIAMETER.
WHEN THE WATER PIPELINE ENCOUNTERS AN OBSTRUCTION AND CROSSING
OVER THE OBSTRUCTION WILL RESULT IN LESS THAN MINIMUM COVER, THE
WATER PIPELINE SHALL CROSS UNDER THE OBSTRUCTION (MINIMUM 12”
CLEARANCE).

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRENCH PROTECTION AND CONDUCT ALL

CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CAL-OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL
DETERMINE DEPTH AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
PRIOR TO TRENCHING. OPEN TRENCH AT ANY ONE TIME SHALL BE LIMITED TO
500’ ALONG ROAD RIGHT OF WAY AND SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED
AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH DAY. CONTACT UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT
1-800-227-2600 PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.

6. PIPE SHALL BE HANDLED SO AS TO PROTECT PIPE AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE

CAREFULLY BEDDED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEARING AND TO PREVENT
UNEVEN SETTLEMENT. PIPE SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FLOTATION AT ALL
TIMES. OPEN ENDS SHALL BE SEALED AT ALL TIMES WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS
NOT IN PROGRESS.

7. PIPE JOINTS SHALL NOT BE DEFLECTED AT ANY ANGLE GREATER THAN THE
MAXIMUM ANGLE RECOMMENDED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER. ALL WELDED
JOINTS SHALL BE DOUBLE PASS MINIMUM.

8. TAPS ON PIPELINE SHALL BE INSTALLED PER DISTRICT STANDARDS AND AS

APPROVED IN THE FIELD BY WMWD INSPECTOR. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING
WMWD PIPE LINES SHALL NOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNLESS WESTERN MUNICIPAL

48
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 WATER DISTRICT’S INSPECTOR IS PRESENT. WESTERN MAY ELECT TO MAKE THE
CONNECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY BOTH HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING WATER PIPELINES PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION.

9. BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO EITHER 90% RELATIVE DENSITY,

EQUIVALENT TO THE SURROUNDING GROUND, OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE
STRINGENT.

10. TEST PRESSURE SHALL BE 150% OF PIPE CLASS RATING (IE: CLASS 150=225 PSI
TEST), SHALL BE UNDER CONTINUOUS INSPECTION, AND SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH DISTRICT STANDARD PROCEDURES.

11. SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR’S

OPERATIONS SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION.

12. FIRE HYDRANTS AND AIR VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED PER AGENCY HAVING
JURISDICTION.

13. WATER METERS SHALL BE LOCATED PER PLAN, ANY RELOCATION SHALL BE
APPROVED BY WMWD. A “W” SHALL BE IMPRINTED ON CURB FACE AT EACH
SERVICE LATERAL (METER) LOCATION.

14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE 14 GA SOLID COPPER LOCATOR WIRE WITH ALL C-
900 PVC PIPE TO ASSIST WITH FUTURE LOCATION.

15. THE DEVELOPER SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF PRINTS SHOWING ALL “AS-BUILT”
CONDITIONS INCLUDING THE STATIONING OF SERVICE LATERAL CONNECTIONS
AND PAD ELEVATIONS AS A CONDITION OF FINAL APPROVAL.

16. ANY REVISION TO THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT.

17. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED THAT THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT MAY INVOLVE
WORKING IN A CONFINED AIR SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR COMPLIANCE WITH “CONFINED AIR SPACE” ARTICLE 108, TITLE 8
CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.

18. ALL PIPE LARGER THAN 12” IN DIAMETER SHALL BE INSPECTED BY VIDEO
CAMERA PRIOR TO BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING.

19. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE COLOR CODED ACCORDING TO THE HYDRANT’S
FLOW RATE AT A RESIDUAL PRESSURE OF 20 PSI. ALL BARRELS SHALL BE
CHROME YELLOW. CAP AND TOP COLORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:

>1500 GPM: LIGHT BLUE; 1000 TO 1499 GPM: GREEN; 500 TO 999 GPM:
ORANGE; <500 GPM: RED.

49
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 HYDRANTS WITH PRESSURE OVER 100 PSI SHALL BE LETTERED “H.P.” ON THE
BARREL IN A LOCATION VISIBLE TO THE STREET OR USE SIDE. ALL FIRE
HYDRANTS SHALL BE “WET-BARREL”.

20. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL WORK FOR 12 MONTHS AFTER DATE OF
FINAL INSPECTION.

21. MODEL HOME LANDSCAPING WILL COMPLY WITH WESTERN’S GUIDELINES,

MWD’S PLAN FOR WATER USE GUIDELINES AND THE CITY OR COUNTY’S
ORDINANCE GUIDELINES FOR WATER CONSERVATION.

4.07 GENERAL NOTES FOR SEWER PIPELINES

1. SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY THE DEVELOPER

FOR DEDICATION TO WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT. CONSTRUCTION,
MATERIALS, TESTING AND INSPECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH WESTERN
MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT’S STANDARDS. THE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET
OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL PUBLIC AGENCIES HAVING
JURISDICTION AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (“GREEN BOOK”), AND THE AMERICAN
SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) STANDARDS. FAILURE TO MEET
THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION. SEWER PIPE SHALL BE
EXTRA STRENGTH VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE (VCP) UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED
BY THE DISTRICT OPERATIONS MANAGER.
2. CONSTRUCTION OF THE SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL NOT
COMMENCE UNTIL A FINAL MAP HAS BEEN RECORDED BY RIVERSIDE COUNTY
AND THE DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER HAS CERTIFIED THAT ALL STREETS ARE
CONSTRUCTED TO FINAL GRADE.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRENCH PROTECTION AND CONDUCT ALL
CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CAL-OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL
DETERMINE DEPTH AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
PRIOR TO TRENCHING. OPEN TRENCH AT ANY ONE TIME SHALL BE LIMITED TO
500’ ALONG ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY AND SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED
AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH DAY. (CONTACT UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT
1-800-227-2600 PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.)
4. PIPE SHALL BE HANDLED SO AS TO PROTECT PIPE AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE
CAREFULLY BEDDED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEARING AND TO PREVENT
UNEVEN SETTLEMENT. PIPE SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FLOTATION AT ALL
TIMES. OPEN ENDS OF INSTALLED SEWER PIPE SHALL BE SEALED AT ALL TIMES
WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN PROGRESS.
5. PIPE JOINTS SHALL NOT BE DEFLECTED AT ANY ANGLE GREATER THAN THE
MAXIMUM ANGLE RECOMMENDED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER.
6. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WESTERN SEWER PIPELINES SHALL NOT BE
ACCOMPLISHED UNLESS WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT’S INSPECTOR IS
PRESENT. WESTERN MAY ELECT TO MAKE THE CONNECTION AT THE
DEVELOPER’S EXPENSE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY BOTH HORIZONTAL

50
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING SEWER PIPELINES PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION.
7. BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO EITHER 90% RELATIVE DENSITY,
EQUIVALENT TO THE SURROUNDING GROUND, OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE
STRINGENT.
8. SEWER LATERALS SHALL BE 4” V.C.P. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. EXACT
LOCATIONS OF WYES AND LATERALS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED IN THE FIELD
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. AN “S” SHALL BE IMPRINTED ON THE CURB FACE AT
EACH SERVICE LATERAL LOCATION AND A STEEL ROD OR STAKE SHALL BE
INSTALLED AT THE END OF EACH SEWER LATERAL TO ASSIST IN LOCATING AT A
LATER DATE.
9. UNLESS WAIVED BY WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, 2” WIDE METALLIC
LOCATOR TAPE SHALL BE PLACED WITH EACH SEWER AND SERVICE LATERAL
TO ASSIST WITH FUTURE LOCATION. TAPE SHALL BE PLACED AT LEAST 6”
ABOVE THE PIPE BUT NOT DEEPER THAN 4’ FROM THE PROPOSED FINISHED
GRADE.
10. ALL SEWERS SHALL BE BALLED, AIR TESTED AND VIDEO INSPECTED PRIOR TO
ACCEPTANCE BY WESTERN.
11. SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR’S OPERATIONS
SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF
THE AGENCY (CITY OR COUNTY) HAVING JURISDICTION.
12. THE DEVELOPER SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF PRINTS SHOWING ALL “AS-BUILT”
CONDITIONS INCLUDING THE STATIONING OF SEWER LATERAL CONNECTIONS
AND PAD ELEVATIONS, AS A CONDITION OF FINAL APPROVAL.
13. ANY REVISION TO THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY
WESTERN.
14. THE DEVELOPER SHALL INSTALL BACKWATER VALVES, WHERE REQUIRED, PER
THE 1997 EDITION OF THE UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (CHAPTER 7, SECTION
710.0), AND PER WESTERN’S STANDARDS.
15. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED THAT THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT MAY INVOLVE
WORKING IN A CONFINED AIR SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR COMPLIANCE WITH “CONFINED AIR SPACE” ARTICLE 108, TITLE 8
CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.
16. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ALL UTILITY
CROSSINGS AND CONNECTIONS AND VERIFY THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF
ALL UTILITIES AFFECTED. THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS.
17. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTING SEWERS, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT STREETS
7-FEET (MINIMUM) ABOVE PROPOSED SEWER FLOWLINE ELEVATIONS.
THEREAFTER, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT SEWERS IN A TRENCH
CONDITION.
18. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL WORK FOR 12 MONTHS AFTER DATE OF
FINAL INSPECTION.

51
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.08 WATER PLAN - CHECKLISTS

4.08.01 WATER COVER SHEET CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

PROJECT:___________________________________ DATE:_____________________

WATER PIPELINE COVER SHEET CHECKLIST

WATER
STANDARD WMWD TITLE BLOCK
GENERAL WATER NOTES
LEGEND
NUMBERED CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
WATER CERTIFICATION
INDEX OF DRAWINGS
VICINITY AND LOCATION MAP
Scale
North Arrow
Street Names
Section, Township, and Range
INDEX MAP
Scale (1”=100’ or 1”=400’)
North Arrow
Street Names
Lot Numbers
Pad Elevations
Pressure Zone, Highest & Lowest Pad Elevation
Proposed Water Lines (diameter and materials)
Fire Hydrants
Air Valves
Blowoffs
Tees, Crosses
Valves
Water Services
Plan Layout/Sheet Reference

52
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.08.02 WATER PLAN CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

PROJECT:___________________________________ DATE:______________

WATER PLAN CHECKLIST

SHEET NUMBER
ITEM
TITLE BLOCK (1)
SCALE
SCALE BAR
USA NOTE
NORTH ARROW
STREET NAMES
LOT LINES AND NUMBERS
RIGHT-OF WAY LINE WITH
DIMENSIONS
CURB LOCATIONS WITH
DIMENSIONS
FEE TITLE PARCELS
EXISTING/FUTURE UTILITIES
EXISTING & PROPOSED
IMPROVEMENTS
PIPELINE LOCATION (2)
TICK MARKS FOR STATIONS
(LEFT TO RIGHT)
BC/EC/AP/STATIONING
CURVE DATA (3)
JOINT DEFLECTIONS (4)
MATCHLINES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
STATIONS OF ALL VALVES (5)
STATIONS OF ALL FITTINGS
THRUST PROTECTION
STATIONS OF ALL FIRE HYDRANTS
(6)
STATIONS OF ALL AIR VALVES (7)
WATER SERVICES
STATIONS OF ALL BLOWOFFS (8)
CONNECTION DETAILS
CUL-DE-SAC (9)
STORM DRAINS/SEWERS (10)

*Refer to next page for footnotes (1-10)

53
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.08.03 WATER PLAN CHECKLIST FOOTNOTES

WATER IMPROVEMENT PLAN CHECKLIST FOOTNOTES

(1) a. Use standard WMWD title block.

b. Title block shall include tract number, street name, and stations.

(2) a. South or west side of street, 6’ to 8’ from curb.

b. A distance from centerline should be shown.
c. Be sure location does not interfere with other utilities.
d. 10’ minimum separation (outside to outside) from sewers.

(3) Minimum Radius

Pipe Size STL (20’ JTS) STL (20’ JTS) STL (40’
JTS)
8” 259’ 261’ 524’

10” 316’ 272’ 545’

12” 374’ 328’ 656’

Water pipelines on curves shall be a minimum of 5’ from curb face.

(4) Deflection shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended deflection.

(5) a. 2 Valves are required at tees and 3 valves are required at crosses. Valve
spacing shall not exceed 1,320’.
b. Valves 2”-12” shall be RSGV.
c. Valves 16” and larger shall be BFV.

(6) Place fire hydrants at property lines where possible.

(7) a. Place air valves at all high points. Locate at property lines where possible.
b. Air valves shall not be installed at the end of cul-de-sacs unless the slope of
the water pipeline is 5% or greater.
c. Use 1” air valves for water pipelines up to 12”; 2” for 16”, 20”, and 24” water
pipelines; and 4” for 30” water pipelines.

(8) a. Place blowoffs at all low points and dead ends. Locate at property lines where
possible.
b. Minimum size shall be 4”.
c. Temporary end of water pipeline blowoffs shall be 2” for water pipelines 12” and
smaller.
d. Temporary end of water pipeline blowoffs shall be 4” for water pipelines 16”
and larger.
e. Substitute fire hydrants for blowoffs where possible.

(9) Water pipelines at end of cul-de-sac should have a fire hydrant or blowoff.

(10) Be sure location and size matches profile.

54
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.08.04 WATER PROFILE CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

PROJECT:________________________ DATE:____________

WATER PROFILE CHECKLIST

SHEET NUMBER
ITEM
STATION AT BOTTOM
ELEVATIONS
EXISTING/PROPOSED GROUND
SURFACE
MATCHLINES
C-900 (CLASS_________) PVC
WATER PIPELINE (SHOW TOP OF
PIPE)
STATIONS, DISTANCE, AND SLOPES
(1)
STATION FOR ALL FITTINGS AND
APPURTENANCES (2)
PIPE COVER (3)
UTILITIES (4)
PIPELINE SIZE, LENGTH, AND
CLASS
(AT TOP OF PROFILE) (5)

(1) Show station and flow line elevation at each grade break.
Minimum slope = 0.0050
Indicate slope to 4 decimal places and + or – (eg.+ 0.0075)

(2) Show station and flow line elevations for each tee, cross, air valve, and blowoff. Show station
of fire hydrants but not flow line elevations unless fire hydrant is a blowoff.

(3) Cover for 8” water pipelines shall be 3’. Cover for water pipelines 12” and larger shall be 4’.

(4) a. A minimum clearance of 6” is required for all utilities except for sewers where water
pipelines shall cross a minimum of 1’ above sewers.
b. Water pipelines shall not cross under sewers or storm drains. Requires approval of
WMWD.
c. Where water pipelines cross over utilities with a clearance of 2’ or less, show elevation for
top of utility and bottom of water pipeline. Where water pipelines cross under utilities with
a clearance of 2’ or less, show elevation for top of water pipeline and bottom of utility.

(5) Use actual water pipeline length.

55
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.09 SEWER PLAN - CHECKLISTS

4.09.01 SEWER COVER SHEET CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

PROJECT:_________________________ DATE:____________

SEWER COVER SHEET CHECKLIST

SEWER
STANDARD WMWD TITLE BLOCK
GENERAL SEWER NOTES
LEGEND
NUMBERED CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
SEWER CERTIFICATION
INDEX OF DRAWINGS
VICINITY AND LOCATION MAP
Scale
North Arrow
Street Names
Section, Township, and Range
INDEX MAP
Scale (1”=100’ or 1”=400’)
North Arrow
Street Names
Lot Numbers
Pad Elevations
Proposed Sewer Lines (diameter and materials)
Manholes
Sewer Laterals
Backwater Valves
Plan Layout/Sheet Reference

56
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.09.02 SEWER PLAN CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

PROJECT:______________________________________

DATE:_________________________________________

SEWER PLAN CHECKLIST

SHEET NUMBER
ITEM
TITLE BLOCK (1)
SCALE
SCALE BAR
USA NOTE
NORTH ARROW
STREET NAMES
LOT LINES AND NUMBERS
RIGHT-OF WAY LINE WITH
DIMENSIONS
CURB LOCATIONS WITH
DIMENSIONS
FEE TITLE PARCELS
EXISTING/FUTURE UTILITIES
EXISTING & PROPOSED
IMPROVEMENTS
SEWER LOCATION (2)
TICK MARKS FOR STATIONS
(LEFT TO RIGHT)
BC/EC/AP/STATIONING
CURVE DATA
MATCHLINES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
STATIONS OF ALL MANHOLES (3)
SEWER LATERALS (4)
BACKWATER VALVES (5)
CONNECTION DETAILS
STORM DRAIN/WATER (6)

*Refer to next page for footnotes (1-6)

57
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.09.02 SEWER PLAN CHECKLIST (CONTINUED)

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

SEWER IMPROVEMENT PLAN CHECKLIST FOOTNOTES

(1) a. Use standard WMWD title block.

b. Title block shall include tract number, street name, and stations.

(2) a. North or east side of street, 6’ from centerline.

b. A distance from centerline should be shown.
c. Be sure location does not interfere with other utilities.
d.10’ separation (outside to outside) from water pipelines.

(3) Manholes
a. Manholes shall be numbered from downstream up.
b. Minimum manhole diameters shall be 48 inches.
c. If sewer is 12’ or deeper, manhole diameter shall be 60 inches.
d. If sewer depth is less than 6.5’, use a shallow manhole.
e. Spacing: (1) 450 feet maximum spacing for 8” sewer, (2) 500 feet
maximum spacing for sewers 10” and larger. If sewer slope is
5% or greater, the maximum manhole spacing shall be 400 ft.
f. Manholes shall be placed at end of sewer lines.

(4) a. Provide 1’ separation between laterals.

b. Provide 5’ minimum separation from water services.

(5) Refer to Standard Drawing W-1120.

(6) Be sure location and size match profile.

58
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.09.03 SEWER PROFILE CHECKLIST

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT SEWER PROFILE CHECKLIST

PROJECT:___________________________ DATE:___________

SHEET NUMBER
ITEM
STATION AT BOTTOM
ELEVATIONS
EXISTING/PROPOSED GROUND
SURFACE
MATCHLINES
( “) VCP SEWER
STATIONS, DISTANCE, AND SLOPES (1)
PIPE COVER (2)
STATIONS FOR ALL APPURTENANCES
UTILITIES (3)

(1) a. Minimum slope

Pipe Preferred Min. Extreme Max Slope

Diameter Min.=3fps 2fps Min.=1.5fps 10fps
8 0.00760 0.00340 0.00190 0.08600
10 0.00580 0.00260 0.00140 0.06100
12 0.00440 0.00200 0.00110 0.04900
15 0.00330 0.00150 0.00081 0.03600
18 0.00250 0.00113 0.00066 0.02900
21 0.00210 0.00092 0.00052 0.02400
24 0.00175 0.00076 0.00044 0.02000
27 0.00146 0.00064 0.00036 0.01700
30 0.00130 0.00056 0.00031 0.01500
33 0.00106 0.00050 0.00029 0.01200

Slopes should be set to 2 decimal figures, evenly divisible by 4, where possible.

b. Show sewer flow line elevations at inlet and outlet of each manhole.
c. 0.2’ drop across manholes for straight-runs. 0.2’ drop for 90° bends.
d. At junctions, the tops of sewers shall match.
e. Vertical curves are not allowed.

(2) a. Minimum 7’ cover over top of pipe; depth to flow line is typically 7.5’.
b. If depth is greater than 12’, use 5’ diameter manholes.
c. If sewer depth is less than 6.5’, use a shallow manhole.

(3) a. A minimum clearance of 6” is required for all utilities except sewers shall be located
at least 1 foot below water pipelines.
b. Sewers shall not cross over water pipelines. Requires approval of Western Municipal
Water District.
c. Where sewers cross over utilities with a clearance of 2’ or less, show elevation for
top of utility and bottom of sewer. Where sewers crosses under utilities with a
clearance of 2’ or less, show elevation for top of sewer and bottom of utility.

59
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.10 DIGITAL PLAN SUBMITTAL

Western requires the Developer’s engineer preparing the improvement plans to submit ONE
composite/ overall map in plan view showing the description and layers listed below in item
number 1 in digital format. No individual plan and profile sheets. THIS IS NOT AN OPTIONAL
ITEM. The graphics file must contain water and/or sewer pipelines, improvement area boundary, street
centerline, right-of-way and lot/parcel line data to facilitate transferring the information into Western’s
mapping system. The digital drawing shall be at a 1:1 scale.

If the engineer does not have the capability to provide such files, Western will input the improvement
information into the mapping system and recover the costs from the Developer prior to final acceptance
of the improvements through the plan check process. Receipt and acceptance of the digital data is a
plan check requirement prior to Western signing the improvement plans.

1. Tract Development Digital Layering Scheme

Note: Please submit the listed layers ONLY.

Layer Name Text

Description Color Line Type Height
Easement (or Fee Title) ESMNT Magenta Continuous *8.0
Easement Right-of-Way ESMTRW Magenta Dashed -
Lot number LOT 80 Continuous *7.0
Property line PL 8 Continuous -
Right-of-Way RW White Continuous -
Sewer Lateral SLAT 80 Continuous -
Sewer Manhole SMH 80 Continuous -
Sewer pipeline SEWER 90 Continuous -
Sewer pipeline material SPM White Continuous *7.0
Sewer pipeline size SPS White Continuous *7.0
Street centerline CTRL Red Dash-dot -
Street name STNAME White Continuous *12.0
Symbols SYM 8 Continuous -
Water Lateral LAT Red Continuous -
Water pipeline WATER 160 Continuous -
Water pipeline material PM Blue Continuous *7.0
Water pipeline size PS Blue Continuous *7.0
*Text style is to be “standard” font.

2. Data Integrity

a. A tie to a known location point is required, such as a quarter section, street

intersection, etc.
b. The tie coordinates shall be based on the California State Plane Coordinate system
(NAD 83 and Zone VI) in at least two locations, preferably on opposite sides of the
area being mapped.

60
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
3. Software Format

The acceptable format for digital submissions shall be one of the following:
• AutoCAD’s Release 2004 (.DWG) or an earlier version
• Drawing Exchange File (.DXF)
• Shape File (.SHP)

4. Digital Data Media

All digital information shall be submitted to Western on one of the following:

• 3 1/2” Double Sided/High Density (1.44Mb) MS-Dos formatted diskettes.
• CD Rom
• Zip Disk (100MB and 250MB acceptable)

The digital data shall be submitted prior to Western signing the plans.

The following information must be submitted with all digital data:

• DATE (Date submitted)

• MAP NAME (TR, PM, PP, Etc.)
• WMWD WO# (WMWD will complete this)
• COMPANY (Engineering Firm Name)
• MEDIA CREATOR (Name of person creating media)
• FILE NAME (Filename with extension)

5. Requirements For Hardcopy Submission

In conjunction with the digital submission of the proposed improvement a printed overall
layout of the information will be required.

The scale for this plan shall be either 1”=100’, 1”=200’, or 1”=400’, whichever best fits
a D-size (24” x 36”) drawing sheet.

6. Symbol Representation

All water and sewer symbols shall conform to Western’s AutoCAD map symbols.
Western will provide these symbols in .DWG or .DXF formats on a diskette or via e-
mail.

61
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
4.11 COMMERCIAL PLAN CHECK PACKAGE

PLEASE REFERENCE SEPARATE

COMMERCIAL
PLAN
CHECK
PACKAGE

62
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 5.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

All water and sewer facility projects shall be constructed by Developer and inspected by Western's
inspectors. Work performed without the knowledge or the observation of a Western inspector will not
be accepted. An outline of the required steps to construct water and sewer facilities are set forth in
Section 5.01. The steps for the pre-construction and construction procedures are illustrated in a flow
chart in Section 5.03.01; and outlined in greater detail in Section 5.02

5.01 CONSTRUCTION STEPS

1. Western’s Development Services sends Developer a Fee Letter and Pre-construction

Requirements. See Section 5.03.02.
2. All required items listed in fee letter must be received prior to scheduling a pre-construction
meeting.
3. Development Services notifies Western’s Construction Manager when all pre-construction
requirements have been received.
4. Developer schedules a pre-construction meeting with Western's Construction Manager.
5. Western, Developer and Contractor attend pre-construction meeting, see Sections 5.03.8 and
5.03.10.
6. Western’s Construction Manager issues a Notice to Proceed.
7. Developer’s Contractor constructs water and/or sewer system facilities per Western’s
specifications.
8. Developer’s Contractor’s pressure tests and disinfects water system facilities and leak test
sewer system facilities.
9. Western’s Construction Manager notifies Development Services when the bacterial and
pressure tests have passed on an extension of pipeline. No water will be supplied to that
extension until the proper fees have been paid.
10. Inspection deposit must be kept current throughout construction phase.
11. Development Services faxes Developer a Meter Cost Worksheet outlining meter and jumper
fees due, see Section 5.03.09.
12. Upon receipt of the meter and jumper fees, Development Services processes the paperwork and
forwards paperwork to Western’s finance department, who issues the Field Memos, which are
forwarded to Western’s Construction Manager.
13. Developer’s Contractor connects to existing water and sewer facilities.
14. Western notifies the City or County Fire Department and releases lots for fire protection and
construction water.
15. Jumpers can now be utilized by the Developer to use water and Western’s inspector contacts
the developer to advise him when jumpers may be installed. Western’s inspector tracks jumper
use in order to determine when meters should be ordered, see Section 5.03.10.
16. Developer’s Contractor sets meter boxes.
17. Western’s Construction Manager submits Field Memo(s) ordering drop-in meters to Western’s
meter installer’s supervisor.
18. Western installs the meter(s).
19. Western releases lots for occupancy to the City or County.
20. Western's inspector prepares preliminary final construction punch list items.
21. Developer’s Contractor completes all punch list items and prepares as-builts drawings.
22. Western provides final inspection and acceptance and issues a Notice of Final Inspection.
23. Notice of Final Inspection is forwarded to Development Services.
24. Western Prepares a Notice of Completion and Grant Deed for the water and sewer system
facilities.
25. Developer submits a recorded Record Map to Western.
63
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 26. Western submits a Grant Deed and Notice of Completion (NOC) to Developer for signature,
records NOC and releases the Labor and Materials Bond.
27. Following the Notice of Completion 35 Day lien period, Western submits the Grant Deed for
recordation and reduces the Faithful Performance Bond by 90% and holds a10% retention for
one year.
28. Western issues a letter to the City or County accepting the water and sewer system.

5.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES DETAIL

1. The Developer shall pay the following deposits, fees, and charges

• Engineering and plan check augmentation.

• Inspection Deposit – The inspection deposit is based on the total length of water and sewer
facilities and the number and type of appurtenances to be constructed.

• Added Facilities Charge (AFC) – The added facilities charge is based on Western’s
Improvement District and the size and number of water meters to be installed.

• Meter Fees – Payment is required for each meter. Western will install the meters on behalf of
the Contractor.

• Jumper Fees – Jumpers are available only for subdivision (tract) development in lieu of setting
the service meter while street improvements are being completed. Payment of jumper fees will
allow connection of water services until water meters are installed and the lots are released for
occupancy.

• Distribution System Fee (DSF) – Payment of the distribution system fee (acreage charge) is
required for all new customers connecting to an existing Western water pipeline. DSF is
exempt is constructing the water pipeline.

• Sewer connection fees.

• Western Mapping Fee.

• New Demand Charge (NDC) – Western’s New Demand Charge is a fee that was adopted in
response to Metropolitan Water District's (MWD) New Demand Charge. The WMWD-NDC is
a fee that MWD assesses its member agencies for new demands that agency places on MWD's
system. In turn, Western adopted its own NDC to collect funding from new customers as they
connect to the system. After adopting the Western NDC, MWD suspended collection of their
NDC with the proviso that it could be reinstated without notice. Western, likewise, also
suspended its NDC. At the current time, the fee remains in suspension; however, Developers
are advised that Western will reinstate the fee if MWD reinstates its NDC.

64
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
2. Submit Three Copies of Water/Sewer System Construction Agreement

Western will prepare the Water/Sewer System Construction Agreement for execution by the
Developer and Contractor. All three copies shall be returned to Western and all three copies
shall have original signatures for the Developer and Contractor. A sample agreement is set
forth in Sections 5.03.03 and 5.03.04.

3. Submit Two Copies of Participation/Refund Waiver Agreement

Western will prepare the Participation/Refund Waiver Agreement for execution by the
Developer. Both copies shall be returned to Western and both copies shall have original
signatures. A sample agreement is set forth in Section 5.03.05.

4. Submit Labor and Materials Bond and Faithful Performance Bond

Developer shall provide Western with evidence of a labor and materials bond and a faithful
performance bond. Each bond shall be in the amount of the total contract price for
construction of the water and sewer facilities.

5. Provide Contractor's Name, Address, and License Number

Developer shall provide Western with the name, address, and license number for the Contractor
that will construct the sewer and water system facilities.

6. Provide Certificate of Insurance Naming Western as Additional Insured

Contractor shall provide Western with certificate of insurance and original endorsements in
accordance with the insurance requirements as specified in the Water/Sewer Construction
Agreement.

7. Provide Copy of Contractor's Bid

Developer shall provide Western with a copy of the Contractor's bid for the water and sewer
system facilities. The bid shall include line item costs of all work as specified on the approved
construction drawings.

8. Provide Copy of Encroachment Permit (if Working in a Public Right-of-Way)

If the project involves construction within a public right-of-way, Developer shall provide
Western with a copy of the encroachment permit from the public agency. Said permit shall
allow the Contractor to construct the facilities and shall allow Western to operate and maintain
the facilities once completed.

9. Provide Letter from Licensed Engineering Firm that Streets have been graded to Rough-grade

Developer shall submit a letter from a licensed engineering firm stating that streets have been
graded to rough-grade (0.2'±). A sample letter is included as Section 5.03.06.

65
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
10. Provide Letter from Developer’s Engineering Firm that Curb and Gutters have been
constructed or submit a Letter Requesting a Waiver

Developer shall submit a letter from a licensed engineering firm stating that curb and gutters
have been constructed. As an alternative, Developer may submit a letter requesting a waiver
from construction of the curb and gutters prior to construction of the water pipelines. For a
sample letter for an installation waiver see Section 5.03.07.

11. Easements or Fee Title

Developer shall provide Western with an executed and notarized easement document or a grant
deed, for any easements or fee title parcels shown on the water or sewer plans.

12. Soils Report

Developer shall provide Western’s staff with a copy of the soils report prepared for the site.

13. Recorded Map

Developer shall submit a copy of the recorded map (Western requires copy of recorded map
prior to recording the Notice of Completion). A blanket easement will be required if the Tract
Map is not recorded. Western will not record the blanket easement unless it is necessary to
own, operate and maintain facilities.

14. Tract Construction Phasing Maps

Developer shall submit a tract construction phasing map (8½” X 11” format) showing lot
numbers and street names.

15. Schedule a Pre-construction Meeting with Western's Construction Manager

Developer shall schedule a pre-construction meeting with Western's construction manager after
all required fees and line items have been received by Development Services. A one-week
notice is required prior to said pre-construction meeting.

16. Attend Pre-construction Meeting

Pre-construction meeting shall be held at Western's operation’s office and shall be attended by
Developer's representative, Developer's Contractor, construction superintendent, City and
County representatives, other utility agencies, as well as by Western staff.

17. Provide Copies of Cut Sheets

Contractor shall submit three copies of the construction cut sheets for Western's use during
construction. Water pipelines shall be staked at 50' intervals (if curb and gutters are not
installed, stake at 25' intervals) and at all water services, fire hydrants, tees, crosses, elbows,
valves, air valves, blow-offs, and grade breaks. Sewers shall be staked at 25' intervals and at
all sewer laterals and manholes.

66
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
18. Western Issues Notice to Proceed

Once all of the above items are completed to the satisfaction of Western, Western’s
Construction Manager will issue a notice to proceed for construction of the water and sewer
system facilities.

19. Notify Western Regarding Construction Start

Contractor shall notify Western, a minimum of 48 hours prior to construction start.

20. Construct Water and Sewer System Facilities

The water and sewer system facilities shall be constructed by Developer's Contractor per
Western’s specifications and inspected by Western's inspectors. Inspection requirements are
set forth in (Section 5.03.08).

21. Compaction Test

Contractor shall furnish evidence that compaction of trenches has been completed to the
satisfaction of the County of Riverside or the City of Riverside.

22. Pressure Test and Disinfect Water System Facilities and Leak Test Sewer System Facilities

After water facilities are completed to the satisfaction of Western's inspector including all items
on inspector's construction deficiencies list, and after compaction of trenches has been
completed to the satisfaction of the County of Riverside or the City of Riverside, Contractor
shall test and disinfect the water facilities in accordance with Western standards. Contractor
shall video inspect all welded steel water pipelines 12” or larger prior to testing and
disinfection.

After sewer facilities are completed to the satisfaction of Western's inspector including all
items on inspector's construction deficiencies list, and after Contractor furnishes evidence that
compaction of trenches has been completed to the satisfaction of the County of Riverside or the
City of Riverside, Contractor shall test the sewer facilities in accordance with Western
standards. Contractor shall video inspect all sewer pipelines.

23. Pay Meter and Jumper Fees

Once bacterial testing and pressure testing has passed on an extension of pipeline, the
Construction Manager will notify Development Services, who will then fax a Meter Cost
Worksheet to the Developer requesting payment of meter fees and a sequence list (list of
addresses and lot numbers). All meter and jumper fees are due for lots fronting that extension
of pipeline. No water will be supplied to that extension of pipeline until the proper fees have
been paid. A Meter Cost Worksheet and instructions for ordering jumpers and meters are set
forth in (Sections 5.03.09 and 5.03.10).

67
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
24. Landscape Meters

The Developer will install the landscape lateral, meter box and backflow device but not the
meter. Western will install the meter after all meter fees have been paid. Meters will be locked
off until backflow device has been tested and certified by Western.

25. Receipt of Meter and Jumper Fees

Development Services will process the meter paperwork through Western’s mapping and
finance departments. Thereafter, the department will forward field memos to the Construction
Manager. Jumpers can now be utilized by Developer to obtain water. Developers supply their
own jumpers. Western’s inspector tracks jumper use to determine when meters are ready to be
installed.

26. Connect to Existing Water and Sewer Facilities

and Release for Fire Protection and Construction Water

After the water system is tested and disinfected, Contractor may connect water facilities to
existing water facilities. Contractor shall provide Western with two weeks written notification
requesting a system shutdown to make connections to existing Western facilities.

After all sewer connection fees have been paid, and the sewer system is tested, Contractor may
connect sewer facilities to existing sewer facilities.

Contractor shall perform all connections with continuous inspection by Western. Thereafter,
Western will release lots for fire protection and construction water.

27. Western Installs Meters and Releases Lots For Occupancy

Developer will install meter boxes. Western’s Construction Manager provides Field Memos to
Western’s meter supervisor to schedule meter installation. Once meters are installed, the
Construction Manager will release lots for occupancy and will provide notices to the City of
Riverside and/or County of Riverside.

28. Western's Inspector Prepares A Preliminary Final Construction Punch List

After construction of the water and sewer system facilities for the entire tract, Western's
inspector will prepare a preliminary final construction punch list and deliver copies to
Contractor.

29. Complete Punch List

Contractor shall complete all items listed on Western's preliminary final construction punch
list.

30. As-Builts

Contractor shall provide Western’s inspector with accurate as-built drawings.

68
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
31. Western Issues a Notice of Final Inspection

Once the water system and sewer system facilities have been accepted by Western's inspector,
Western will issue a Notice of Final Inspection stating that the final inspection has been made
and the construction is complete.

32. Western Prepares a Notice of Completion and Grant Deed for the Water and Sewer System
Facilities

Once Western issues the Notice of Final Inspection, Western will prepare the Notice of
Completion and Grant Deed for the water and sewer systems.

33. Developer Submits a Recorded Record Map

If a recorded record map has not yet been submitted, Developer shall submit one prior to
Western submitting the Notice of Completion and Grant Deed to Developer for Execution.

34. Western Submits Notice of Completion and Grant Deed to Developer

Once Western receives a copy of a recorded tract map, Western will submit the Notice of
Completion and Grant Deed to Developer for execution.

35. Developer Returns Executed Notice of Completion and Grant Deed to Western.

Once Developer executes the Notice of Completion and Grant deed, Developer shall return the
documents to Western.

36. Western Submits Notice of Completion for Recordation and Releases the Labor and Materials
Bond

Once Western receives the executed documents, Western will submit the Notice of Completion
to the County Recorder for recordation and will release the Labor and Materials Bond.

37. Following the 90 Day Lien Period, Western Submits the Grant Deed for Recordation and
Reduces the Faithful Performance Bond by 90%

After the Notice of Completion is recorded and following the 90-day lien period, Western will
submit the Grant Deed to the County Recorder for recordation and will reduce the Faithful
Performance Bond.

38. Western issues a Letter of Acceptance of Water and/or Sewer System for the County or the
City of Riverside.

69
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION FORMS INDEX

5.03.01 Flowchart – Pre-construction and Construction

5.03.02 Pre-construction Requirement Checklist

5.03.03 Water System Construction Agreement

5.03.04 Sewer System Construction Agreement

5.03.05 Agreement for On-Site Water/Sewer Participation Waiver

5.03.06 Form Letter - Rough Grade Verification

5.03.07 Form Letter - Curb and Gutter Installation Waiver Request

5.03.08 Inspector Requirements - hand out at pre-construction meeting

5.03.09 WMWD Meter Fee Cost Worksheet

5.03.10 WMWD Meter Fee Cost Worksheet

5.03.11 Instructions for Ordering Jumpers and Meters - hand out at pre-construction
meeting

5.03.12 Form Letter - Added Facilities Charge (AFC) Deferral Request

70
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.01 FLOW CHART – PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION

71
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.01 FLOW CHART – PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION (2nd page)

72
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.02 Tract Pre-Construction Water & Sewer Checklist – FORM T-1

TRACT DEVELOPMENT FEE CHECKLIST

DEVELOPER’S NAME:______________________________ TRACT/PM:___________________

DATE RECEIVED:
___________ Bonds: Labor & Materials & Faithful Performance or copies from County or City
___________ Contracts: Water/Sewer System Construction Agreement (3 signed originals)
___________ Contracts: Participation Refund or Waiver Agreement (2 signed originals)
___________ Contractor: Name _____________________________________
___________ Contractor: Copy of contractor’s bid with unit cost breakdown
___________ Contractor: Certificate of Insurance (Western named as additional insured)
___________ Deposit: Engineering and Plan Check augmentation $___________________
___________ Deposit: Inspection Model Home/common area landscape $___________________
___________ Fees: Mapping Charge $___________________
___________ Fees: Model Home Landscape Plan Review Fee $___________________
___________ Fees: Sewer Connection Fee – See attached cost worksheet.
___________ Fees: Added Facilities Charge / Meters / Jumpers - See attached cost worksheet.
___________ Form Letter: Curb and gutter installed waiver letter: (Developer signs)
___________ Form Letter: Roads graded to sub-grade letter: (Licensed engineer signs)
___________ Form Letter: AFC Deferral Agreement Letter. (Developer signs)
___________ Form Letter: Water Conservation Compliance for Model Homes (Developer)
___________ Maps: Original mylars.
___________ Maps: 5 blue line copies of water/sewer plans [sent to Tony_______].
___________ Maps: Recorded Record Map: (copy or supply blanket easement)
___________ Maps: Tract Phasing Map: Lot numbers and street names (8½” x 11” Black & White)
___________ Maps: Chart: Lot #’s and pad elevation for entire tract
___________ Right of Way: Type of Easement(s): __________________________________________
___________ Right of Way: Encroachment Permit if working in a Public Right of Way
___________ Notice to Proceed: Issued after all line items received and deposits paid.

Western Municipal Water District

Mail to: P.O. Box 5286, Riverside, CA 92517-5286 Street Address: 450 Alessandro Blvd., Riverside, CA 92508
Phone (951) 789-5000 FAX (951) 789-5012

73
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.03 Water System Construction Agreement

Main Extension No._______________

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Improvement District No._______

WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

(DEVELOPER INITIATED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED)

THIS AGREEMENT is made on this_______day of_____________, 20_______, by and between

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, a public agency of the State of
California with its headquarters at Riverside, California, hereinafter designated as the “District” and
___________________________________________located
at________________________________________________________________________, phone No.
____________________ represented by________________________________ hereinafter designated as the
“Developer” and _____________________________________ located at
__________________________________________________________________ Phone No.
_____________________ represented by________________________________ hereinafter designated as
the “Contractor”.

WHEREAS, Developer is planning a development of ________lot(s) located in a portion of

Section_______, Township_______ South, Range _______ West, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, and
such development is referenced within records of the County of Riverside State of California,
as______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
___________________ and is further identified on the map attached to and made a part of this Agreement;
and

WHEREAS, said subdivision will require a water distribution system to provide domestic water
service to the lands referenced above; and

WHEREAS, said Developer is desirous of having the District provide domestic water service to said
lands and is willing to convey to the District the water distribution system after the construction thereof,
contingent upon the District’s acceptance of such conveyance on the terms and conditions set forth herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Developer will comply with the District’s regulations for planning domestic water systems.
These regulations, which may be amended from time to time, are incorporated herein by
reference.
2. The Developer shall deposit with the District, costs to cover necessary engineering services
permits, inspection and water system connection costs in an amount estimated by the District.
3. The Developer shall contract for the design to be prepared by a licensed engineer experienced in
the design of similar systems.
4. The domestic water system to service said lands shall comply with the District’s specifications
and construction plans shall be approved by the District prior to the presentation thereof to
Contractors for bidding purposes. Such domestic water systems shall include all pipelines,
valves, hydrants and appurtenances.

74
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5. The Developer will contract for the services of a licensed and qualified Contractor to construct
the system. Said contract shall be signed by Developer and the licensed Contractor. Said
Contractor shall be currently licensed by the State of California with a General Engineering
Contractor, "A" license. Said Contractor shall be experienced in the construction of domestic
water systems and shall have been reviewed by the District and listed by the District as qualified
Contractor before a contract is signed and actual system construction begins.
6. The entire cost of the construction of such domestic system shall be paid by the Developer.
Such construction shall be inspected by District personnel for conformance with the approved
plans and specifications. Whenever the Contractor desires to work outside the regular or
specified work periods or to vary the work period during any particular day, he shall request
permission from the District at least 24 hours in advance so that inspection services may be
provided. If the District grants permission and if the work period includes hours outside the
normal work hours of the District, the Contractor shall pay for the inspection services provided
outside of normal work hours in accordance with established District rates. Construction shall
not begin until the "Notice to Proceed" is given by the District inspector nor until the Developer,
or other authorized party, completes a "CERTIFICATION OF STREETS TO FINAL GRADE"
for the streets in which the water pipelines are to constructed. District inspection is for the
purpose of conformance of construction with District requirements, and not for compliance by
the Contractor with safety requirements. Inspection or final acceptance shall not constitute a
waiver by the District of any claims against Developer and/or Contractor for any defects in the
work performed hereunder.
7. Developer shall guarantee the completion of construction on ___________________,200_____.
Developer shall comply with Paragraph 9 herein.
8. Developer agrees to pay all costs incurred by the District as may be necessary to complete
construction, including administrative costs, or to secure compliance with the provisions on
Paragraph 11.
9. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims
for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees
or subContractors.
A. Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
(i) Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Ed. 1/73) covering
Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL
0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability coverage
("occurrence" form CG 001).
(ii) Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/78) covering Automobile
Liability, code 1, "any auto" and endorsement CA 0025.
(iii) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of
California and Employers Liability Insurance.
B. Limits of Insurance shall be:
(i) General Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily
injury personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability
Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general
aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general
aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
(ii) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combines single limit per accident for bodily
injury and property damage.

75
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 (iii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers'
Compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and
Employers Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident.
C. Any deductible or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the District.
At the option of the District, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or
self-insured retentions as respects the District, its officers, officials, employees and
volunteers; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related
investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
D. The Contractor shall provide endorsements on the forms attached hereto as Exhibits A,
B, & C to add the following provisions to the insurance policies:
(i) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages:
(1) The District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be
covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the
Contractor, premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor. The
coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection
afforded to the District, its officers officials, employees or volunteers.
(2) The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects
the District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance
of self-insurance maintained by the District, its officers, officials,
employees or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and
shall not contribute with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not
affect coverage provided to the District, its officers, officials, employees or
volunteers.
(4) The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against
whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of
the insurer's liability.
(ii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage:
(1) The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the District,
its officers, officials, employees or volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by the Contractor.
(iii) All Coverages:
(1) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state
that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party,
reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the
District.
E. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on
forms provided by the District. Where by statute, the District's Workers' compensation-
related forms cannot be used, equivalent forms approved by the Insurance Commissioner
are to be substituted. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved
by the District before work commences. The District reserves the right to require
complete, certified copies of all required insurance polices, at any time.
F. Contractor shall include all subContractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subContractor. All coverages for
subContractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
10. Developer shall provide the District with bonds or evidence of bonds as follows:
A. A performance bond with corporate surety or sureties satisfactory to the District said
performance bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total
76
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
B. A labor and materials payment bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%)
of the total contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
11. The District's Inspector shall complete a "Notice of Final Inspection" when all work has been
completed in accordance with District requirements, and prior to the Acceptance of said
domestic water system by the District. Also, the Developer shall furnish to the District any
and all requested documents including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) Easement Deed or Grant Deed to any rights-of way or other real property interests
necessary for roads, for ingress and egress, and for maintenance and operation of
the domestic water system;
(ii) A Declaration by the Contractor that he has been paid in full and that all persons
employed by the Contractor or who have furnished material for the construction
of the water system have been paid in full;
(iii) The executed Notice of Completion to be filed by the District;
(iv) A Grant Deed executed by the Developer vesting title of said water system and
appurtenances to the District;
(v) A copy of the contract between Developer and Developer's Contractor or other
documents which verify the actual cost of the domestic water system as installed.
(vi) Payment to the District by the developer of any and all applicable fees including,
but not limited to Added Facilities Charge, Distribution System Fee, and meter
installation fees.
12. The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire work constructed and all materials furnished will
meet all the requirements specified herein. This warranty shall include both the quality of the
workmanship and the materials used as well as that of subContractors and suppliers.
A. The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by
defective materials or workmanship in the pipe materials supplied which have become
evident within one year after date of recording Notice of Completion, and to restore to full
compliance with the requirements of these specifications, including the test requirements,
any part of the water system, which during said one-year period, is found to be deficient
with respect to any provision of this specification.
B. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written
orders from Western or if in the event the repair work must be performed by Western ,
shall reimburse Western for actual labor, equipment and material expenses incurred to
perform such corrective work. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacements
promptly, Western may do the work, and the Contractor shall be liable to Western for the
cost thereof as described above.
13. The District will not furnish water to the water system until the completed system passes final
inspection by the District, and Developer has fully complied with Paragraph 11. Following
fulfillment of the terms and conditions herein and acceptance by the District of said domestic
water system, the District will provide service to said lands in accordance with the District's
rules and regulations governing the provisions of such service.
14. The District will allow jumper connections only after the water system has been pressure
tested, chlorinated, and successfully tested for lack of bacteria and that all permanent meter
fees and the jumper flat fee be paid prior to jumper installation.
15. District requires that a permanent meter must be installed prior to landscaping.

77
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
16. This agreement is binding on the assigns of the District and on the assigns, successors and
representatives of the Developer and the Contractor. Assignment of this agreement by the developer or
the Contractor shall have prior written authorization by the District.

17. Developer shall agree to comply with the water conservation requirements set by Metropolitan Water
District of So. California, Western and local ordinances.

EXHIBITS:

Map – Exhibit A
Model Home Landscape Requirement – Exhibit B
Brochure Distribution Requirement – Exhibit C

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DEVELOPER

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Company

By: By:

Name: JOHN V. ROSSI Name:

Title: General Manager Title:
Date: Date:

CONTRACTOR

Company
Reviewed By:

By:
Name: JOSEPH BERNOSKY __ Name:
Title: District Engineering Manager Title:

78
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
MODEL HOME WATER CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
EXHIBIT “B”

Water Conservation Requirements for model homes

At least one model home, within residential subdivisions, shall demonstrate a water conserving
landscape. Western can make available brochures on water conservation for inclusion in your new
homebuyers’ sales packets. Western’s one-acre garden exhibits water-wise landscaping and
showcases more than 250 water-efficient plants, opens daily at 10 a.m. closing at 4 p.m. and is free
to the public. Virtual tours of the garden are on Western’s website – www.wmwd.com - where
valuable water conservation information is available.

Riverside County Residential Model Home Requirements

5. In residential subdivisions, all model homes in the project shall comply with the provisions of
Article XIXf of Ordinance 348d Section 19.304 Residential Model Home Requirements.
6. The project applicant shall provide homebuyers with sample water-efficient landscape and
irrigation plans and additional educational material as approved by the Planning Director upon
the sale of each dwelling unit within the project. The plans shall include a key identifying the
common names of the plants used in the landscaping.
7. The project applicant shall distribute outdoor water conservation pamphlets provided by local
water purveyors, if available, to buyers upon the sale of each dwelling unit within the
development. Western can provide these at no cost.
8. A sign shall be displayed in the front yard of each model home, which is clearly visible to
homebuyers. The sign shall indicate that the model home features a water-efficient landscape
irrigation design.

City of Riverside Residential Model Home Requirements

2. Water efficient landscape requirements for one model home for a project consisting of eight or
more homes, per the City of Riverside’s Ordinance 6234 § 3, 1995 and 6032 § 1, 1993
Chapter 19.67 Water Efficient Landscaping and Irrigation.

Western’s Residential Model Home Requirements

7. Western as a member agency of Metropolitan Water District of So. California (MWD) will
enforce MWD’s Plan for Water Use Guideline requirements for water conservation.
8. Developer’s landscape architect required consultation with Western’s conservation team to
review Western’s landscape and irrigation requirements. Contact Western’s Engineering
Department for the review fee charge.
9. Developer to submit model home landscape plans for Western’s review concurrently with the
City or County submittal and Western’s approval is required prior to a building permit being
issued.
10. No water meter installations for model homes will be permitted unless the model home
landscape plans have been reviewed and approved by Western.
11. Developer to include water conservation materials, supplied by Western, to buyers upon the
sale of each dwelling unit within the development.
12. Developer to display water conservation materials, supplied by Western, inside the model
homes.

79
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
MODEL HOME BROCHURE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT “C”

(Date)

(Developer)

BROCHURE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT – EXHIBIT “C”

FOR MODEL HOMES AND SALES PACKAGE

______________ (Developer) agrees to: 1) distribute the following brochures: “California Water
Facts” and Western Municipal Water District’s “Landscapes Southern California Stylesm” to your new
home purchasers in the sales package, and 2) display these brochures in the model homes during
business hours.

Please provide Western with the name of the contact person for Tract __________ who will be
responsible for receiving and distributing the brochures.

Title__________________________________________________________
Name_________________________________________________________
Mailing Address________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
Business Phone _________________________________________________
Cell Phone_____________________________________________________
Email_________________________________________________________

By signing this letter, _________________________ (Developer) agrees to display and distribute

brochures until all of the homes are sold.

________________________________ ________________________________
Developer Date

________________________________
Title

80
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.04 Recycled Water System Construction Agreement

Main Extension No. ______

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Improvement District No.

RECYCLED WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

(DEVELOPER INITIATED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED)

THIS AGREEMENT is made on this day of ______, 20 , by and between WESTERN

MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, a public agency of the State of California
with its headquarters at Riverside, California, hereinafter designated as the “District” and
__________________________________________________________________ located at
____________________________________________________________________________, phone
No. _____________ represented by _________________________ hereinafter designated as the
“Developer” and

_________________________________________________________________________ located at
______________________________________________________________________ Phone
No _______________represented by ____________________________ hereinafter designated
as the “Contractor”.

WHEREAS, Developer is planning a development of lot(s) located in a portion of Section ,

Township South, Range West, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, and such development is
referenced within records of the County of Riverside State of California, as
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
and is further identified on the map attached to and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, said subdivision will require a water distribution system to provide recycled water
service to the lands referenced above; and

WHEREAS, said Developer is desirous of having the District provide recycled water service to said
lands and is willing to convey to the District the recycled water distribution system after the construction
thereof, contingent upon the District’s acceptance of such conveyance on the terms and conditions set forth
herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Developer will comply with the District’s regulations for planning recycled water systems.
These regulations, which may be amended from time to time, are incorporated herein by
reference.
2. The Developer shall deposit with the District, costs to cover necessary engineering services
permits, inspection and recycled water system costs in an amount estimated by the District.
3. The Developer shall contract for the design to be prepared by a licensed engineer
experienced in the design of similar systems.

81
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 4. The recycled water system to service said lands shall comply with the District’s
specifications and construction plans shall be approved by the District prior to the
presentation thereof to Contractors for bidding purposes. Such recycled water systems shall
include all pipelines, valves, hydrants and appurtenances.
5. The Developer will contract for the services of a licensed and qualified Contractor to construct
the system. Said contract shall be signed by Developer and the licensed Contractor. Said
Contractor shall be currently licensed by the State of California with a General Engineering
Contractor, "A" license. Said Contractor shall be experienced in the construction of recycled
water systems and shall have been reviewed by the District and listed by the District as qualified
Contractor before a contract is signed and actual system construction begins.
6. The entire cost of the construction of such recycled water system shall be paid by the
Developer. Such construction shall be inspected by District personnel for conformance with
the approved plans and specifications. Whenever the Contractor desires to work outside the
regular or specified work periods or to vary the work period during any particular day, he
shall request permission from the District at least 24 hours in advance so that inspection
services may be provided. If the District grants permission and if the work period includes
hours outside the normal work hours of the District, the Contractor shall pay for the inspection
services provided outside of normal work hours in accordance with established District rates.
Construction shall not begin until the "Notice to Proceed" is given by the District inspector
nor until the Developer, or other authorized party, completes a "CERTIFICATION OF
STREETS TO FINAL GRADE" for the streets in which the water pipelines are to constructed.
District inspection is for the purpose of conformance of construction with District
requirements, and not for compliance by the Contractor with safety requirements. Inspection
or final acceptance shall not constitute a waiver by the District of any claims against
Developer and/or Contractor for any defects in the work performed hereunder.
7. Developer shall guarantee the completion of construction on ____________________,
20____. Developer shall comply with Paragraph 9 herein.
8. Developer agrees to pay all costs incurred by the District as may be necessary to complete
construction, including administrative costs, or to secure compliance with the provisions on
Paragraph 11.
9. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims
for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees
or subcontractors.
A. Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
(i) Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Ed. 1/73) covering
Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL
0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability coverage
("occurrence" form CG 001).
(ii) Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/78) covering Automobile
Liability, code 1, "any auto" and endorsement CA 0025.
(iii) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of
California and Employers Liability Insurance.
B. Limits of Insurance shall be:
(i) General Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily
injury personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability
Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general
aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general
aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
(ii) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combines single limit per accident for bodily
injury and property damage.
(iii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers' Compensation limits
as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability
limits of $1,000,000 per accident.
82
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 C. Any deductible or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the District.
At the option of the District, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or
self-insured retentions as respects the District, its officers, officials, employees and
volunteers; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related
investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
D. The Contractor shall provide endorsements on the forms attached hereto as Exhibits A,
B, & C to add the following provisions to the insurance policies:
(i) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages:
(1) The District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be
covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the
Contractor, premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor. The
coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection
afforded to the District, its officers officials, employees or volunteers.
(2) The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects
the District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance
of self-insurance maintained by the District, its officers, officials,
employees or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and
shall not contribute with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not
affect coverage provided to the District, its officers, officials, employees or
volunteers.
(4) The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against
whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of
the insurer's liability.
(ii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage:
(1) The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the District,
its officers, officials, employees or volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by the Contractor.
(iii) All Coverages:
(1) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state
that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party,
reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the
District.
E. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on
forms provided by the District. Where by statute, the District's Workers' compensation-
related forms cannot be used, equivalent forms approved by the Insurance Commissioner
are to be substituted. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved
by the District before work commences. The District reserves the right to require
complete, certified copies of all required insurance polices, at any time.
F. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
10. Developer shall provide the District with bonds or evidence of bonds as follows:
A. A performance bond with corporate surety or sureties satisfactory to the District said
performance bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total
contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
B. A labor and materials payment bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%)
of the total contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
11. The District's Inspector shall complete a "Notice of Final Inspection" when all work has been
83
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 completed in accordance with District requirements, and prior to the Acceptance of said water
system by the District. Also, the Developer shall furnish to the District any and all requested
documents including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) Easement Deed or Grant Deed to any rights-of way or other real property interests
necessary for roads, for ingress and egress, and for maintenance and operation of
the water system;
(ii) A Declaration by the Contractor that he has been paid in full and that all persons
employed by the Contractor or who have furnished material for the construction
of the water system have been paid in full;
(iii) The executed Notice of Completion to be filed by the District;
(iv) A Grant Deed executed by the Developer vesting title of said water system and
appurtenances to the District;
(v) A copy of the contract between Developer and Developer's Contractor or other
documents which verify the actual cost of the water system as installed.
(vi) Payment to the District by the developer of any and all applicable fees.
12. The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire work constructed and all materials furnished will
meet all the requirements specified herein. This warranty shall include both the quality of the
workmanship and the materials used as well as that of subcontractors and suppliers.
C. The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by
defective materials or workmanship in the pipe materials supplied which have become
evident within one year after date of recording Notice of Completion, and to restore to full
compliance with the requirements of these specifications, including the test requirements,
any part of the water system, which during said one-year period, is found to be deficient
with respect to any provision of this specification.
D. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written
orders from Western or if in the event the repair work must be performed by Western ,
shall reimburse Western for actual labor, equipment and material expenses incurred to
perform such corrective work. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacements
promptly, Western may do the work, and the Contractor shall be liable to Western for the
cost thereof as described above.
13. The District will not furnish water to the recycled water system until the completed system
passes final inspection by the District, and Developer has fully complied with Paragraph 11.
Following fulfillment of the terms and conditions herein and acceptance by the District of said
recycled water system, the District will provide service to said lands in accordance with the
District's rules and regulations governing the provisions of such service.

14. District requires that a permanent meter must be installed prior to landscaping.

15. This agreement is binding on the assigns of the District and on the assigns, successors and
representatives of the Developer and the Contractor. Assignment of this agreement by the
developer or the contractor shall have prior written authorization by the District.

84
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DEVELOPER
OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Company _

By: By:

Name: JOHN V. ROSSI Name:

Title: General Manager Title:

Date: Date:

CONTRACTOR

Reviewed By: Company __________________________

By:

Name: JOSEPH BERNOSKY __ Name:

Title: District Engineering Manager Title:

Date:______________________________

85
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.05 Sewer System Construction Agreement

Main Extension No. ______________________

Improvement District No. _________________

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

SEWER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

(DEVELOPER INITIATED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED)

THIS AGREEMENT is made on this _______ day of ___________, 20_______, by and between
WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, a public agency of the State of
California with its headquarters at Riverside, California, hereinafter designated as the "District"
and_________________________________________located
at_______________________________________________________________________
Phone No. represented by ___________________________________________________
hereinafter designated as the "Developer" and ___________________________________
located at ________________________________________________________________,
Phone No. ____________________, represented by ______________________________
hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".

WHEREAS, Developer is planning a development of ________ lot(s) located in a portion of

Section ________, Township _______ South, Range ________ West, San Bernardino Base and Meridian,
and such development is referenced within records of the County of Riverside State of California, as
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
________________and is further identified on the map attached to and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, said subdivision will require a sewer system to provide sewer service to the lands
referenced above; and
WHEREAS, Developer is desirous of having the District provide sewer service to said lands and is
willing to convey to the District the sewer system after the construction thereof, contingent upon the
District's acceptance of such conveyance on the terms and conditions set forth herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Developer will comply with the District's regulations for planning sewer systems. these
regulations, which may be amended from time to time, are incorporated herein by reference.
2. The Developer shall deposit with the District, costs to cover necessary engineering services
permits, inspection and sewer system connection costs in an amount estimated by the District.
3. The Developer shall contract for the design to be prepared by a licensed engineer experienced
in the design of similar systems.
4. The sewer system to service said lands shall comply with the District's specifications and
construction plans shall be approved by the District prior to the presentation thereof to
Contractors for bidding purposes. Such sewer system shall include all pipelines, valves,
hydrants and appurtenances.
5. The Developer will contract for the services of a licensed and qualified Contractor to construct
the system. Said contract shall be signed by Developer and the licensed Contractor. Said
Contractor shall be currently licensed by the State of California with a General Engineering

86
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 Contractor, "A" license. Said Contractor shall be experienced in the construction of sewer
systems and shall have been reviewed by the District and listed by the District as qualified
Contractor before a contract is signed and actual system construction begins.
6. The entire cost of the construction of such sewer system shall be paid by the Developer. Such
construction shall be inspected by District personnel for conformance with the approved plans
and specifications. Whenever the Contractor desires to work outside the regular or specified
work periods or to vary the work period during any particular day, he shall request permission
from the District at least 24 hours in advance so that inspection services may be provided. If
the District grants permission and if the work period includes hours outside the normal work
hours of the District, the Contractor shall pay for the inspection services provided outside of
normal work hours in accordance with established District rates. Construction shall not begin
until the "Notice to Proceed" is given by the District inspector nor until the Developer, or
other authorized party, completes a "CERTIFICATION OF STREETS TO FINAL GRADE"
for the streets in which the sewer pipelines are to constructed. District inspection is for the
purpose of conformance of construction with District requirements, and not for compliance by
the Contractor with safety requirements. Inspection or final acceptance shall not constitute a
waiver by the District of any claims against Developer and/or Contractor for any defects in the
work performed hereunder.
7. Developer shall guarantee the completion of construction on _________________,200_____.
Developer shall comply with Paragraph 9 herein.
8. Developer agrees to pay all costs incurred by the District as may be necessary to complete
construction, including administrative costs, or to secure compliance with the provisions on
Paragraph 11.
9. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims
for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees
or subContractors.
A. Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
(i) Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Ed. 1/73) covering
Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL
0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability coverage
("occurrence" form CG 001).
(ii) Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/78) covering Automobile
Liability, code 1, "any auto" and endorsement CA 0025.
(iii) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of
California and Employers Liability Insurance.
B. Limits of Insurance shall be:
(i) General Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily
injury personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability
Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general
aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general
aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
(ii) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combines single limit per accident for bodily
injury and property damage.
(iii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers' Compensation limits
as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability
limits of $1,000,000 per accident.
C. Any deductible or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the District.
At the option of the District, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or
self-insured retentions as respects the District, its officers, officials, employees and

87
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 volunteers; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related
investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
D. The Contractor shall provide endorsements on the forms attached hereto as Exhibits A,
B, & C to add the following provisions to the insurance policies:
(i) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages:
(1) The District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be
covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the
Contractor, premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor. The
coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection
afforded to the District, its officers officials, employees or volunteers.
(2) The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects
the District, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance
of self-insurance maintained by the District, its officers, officials,
employees or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and
shall not contribute with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not
affect coverage provided to the District, its officers, officials, employees or
volunteers.
(4) The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against
whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of
the insurer's liability.
(ii) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage:
(1) The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the District,
its officers, officials, employees or volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by the Contractor.
(iii) All Coverages:
(1) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state
that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party,
reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the
District.

E. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on
forms provided by the District. Where by statute, the District's Workers' compensation-
related forms cannot be used, equivalent forms approved by the Insurance Commissioner
are to be substituted. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved
by the District before work commences. The District reserves the right to require
complete, certified copies of all required insurance polices, at any time.
F. Contractor shall include all subContractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subContractor. All coverages for
subContractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
10. Developer shall provide the District with bonds as follows:
A. A performance bond with corporate surety or sureties satisfactory to the District said
performance bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total
contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
B. A labor and materials payment bond being for not less than one hundred percent (100%)

88
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 of the total contract price as referenced in Paragraph 11 (v).
11. The District's Inspector shall complete a "Notice of Final Inspection" when all work has been
completed in accordance with District requirements, and prior to the Acceptance of said sewer
system by the District. Also, the Developer shall furnish to the District any and all requested
documents including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) Easement Deed or Grant Deed to any rights-of way or other real property interests
necessary for roads, for ingress and egress, and for maintenance and operation of
the sewer system;
(ii) A Declaration by the Contractor that he has been paid in full and that all persons
employed by the Contractor or who have furnished material for the construction
of the sewer system have been paid in full;
(iii) The executed Notice of Completion to be filed by the District;
(iv) A Grant Deed/Bill of Sale executed by the Developer vesting title of said sewer
system and appurtenances to the District;
(v) A copy of the contract between Developer and Developer's Contractor or other
documents which verify the actual cost of the sewer system as installed.
12. The District will not furnish sanitary sewer service until the completed system passes final
inspection by the District, and Developer has fully compiled with Paragraph 11. Following
fulfillment of the terms and conditions herein and Acceptance by the District of said sewer
system, the District will provide service to said lands in accordance with the District's Rules
and Regulations governing the provisions of such service.
13. This Agreement is binding on the assigns of the District and on the assigns, successors and
representatives of the Developer and the Contractor.

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DEVELOPER

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Company

By: By:

Name: JOHN V. ROSSI Name:

Title: General Manager Title:
Date: Date:

CONTRACTOR

Company
Reviewed By:

By:
Name: JOSEPH BERNOSKY __ Name:
Title: District Engineering Manager ___ Title:

89
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.06 Agreement for On-Site Water/Sewer Participation Waiver

Sewer Extension No._____________________

Water Extension No.______________________

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

AGREEMENT FOR
ON SITE WATER / SITE SYSTEM PARTICIPATION / REFUND WAIVER

THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, a public agency of the State of California with its headquarters in
Riverside, California, hereinafter designated as the “District” and
_____________________________________________________hereinafter designated as the
“Developer”.

WHEREAS, Developer is proposing a development requiring a water and/or sewer system

located within a portion of Section______, Township_____South, Range ______West, San Bernardino
Base and Meridian, on a division of land referenced
as_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________and

WHEREAS, Developer is desirous of having the District provide water and/or sewer service to
this development and is willing to convey to the District the water and/or sewer system after the
construction thereof, and
WHEREAS, Developer will comply with the District’s rules and regulations for such water
and/or sewer systems, and
WHEREAS, Developer has deposited with the District costs necessary to satisfy necessary
financial arrangements in amounts estimated by the District, and
WHEREAS, Developer has arranged for the services of a licensed qualified Contractor
evaluated by the District for the construction of said water and/or sewer system, and
WHEREAS, the entire cost of the construction of such water and/or sewer system shall be paid
by the Developer;

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Developer, hereby agrees to pay for all costs associated with the planning, development,
construction and acceptance of the water and/or sewer system.
2. Developer agrees that the water and/or sewer system being installed will be for the benefit
of the parcels shown on the map attached and made a part of this Agreement and for the
benefit of others as deemed necessary by the District.
3. Developer agrees to waive refunds of any participation in this water and/or sewer system,
and further agrees that continuation of the water and/or sewer system shall be initiated at
any time by the District for the benefit of others.
4. This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.
All rights, title and interest in the sewer extension and all the appurtenances, and other
items as may be shown on the map or installed subsequently by the District shall become
90
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 the property of the District upon their installation. The Developer agrees to hold the
District harmless from any claim of right against the property so transferred.

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DEVELOPER

OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY

Company

By: By:

Name: JOHN V. ROSSI Name:

Title: General Manager Title:
Date: Date:

DEVELOPER

Reviewed By: Company ___

By:

Name: JOSEPH BERNOSKY __ Name:

Title: District Engineering Manager Title:

91
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.07 Rough Grade Verification FORM T-3

(Please put this letter on your letterhead)

ROUGH GRADE VERIFICATION

TRACT
SEC. , T S, R W
GRID #:

I hereby approve the rough grading performed for the above referenced project. The rough grading, in
reference to line and grade, has been completed within substantial conformance (+/- .20) to the
approved Grading Plan.

Sincerely,

(ENGINEERING COMPANY TO EXECUTE)

92
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.08 Curb and Gutter Installation Waver Request FORM T-4

(Please put on your letterhead)

CURB AND GUTTER INSTALLATION WAIVER REQUEST

TRACT
SEC. , T S, R W
GRID #:

____________ Co. understands that it is Western Municipal Water District’s (Western) policy that
curb and gutters be installed prior to installation of in-tract water lines. We are requesting a waiver so
that our pipeline Contractor can continue with the water installation. All work will conform to
Western’s standards and policies.

Sincerely,

(DEVELOPER TO EXECUTE)

93
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.09 Inspector Requirements - FORM G-4

Western Municipal Water District

450 Alessandro Blvd., P.O. Box 5286, Riverside, CA 92517-5286
Tel: (951) 789-5000 Fax: (951) 789-5012

Inspector’s Name:______________________ Tel: _______________

INSPECTOR REQUIREMENTS

1. Inspections will be part-time (1 to 2 hours per day). Inspector will not be continuously available
and will reject work not meeting all of Western’s standards and specifications.

2. Developer and Contractor are reminded that Western is not working for them. They will build
facilities to Western’s specification; Western will inspect the work for conformance with the
specifications and plans, then accept and maintain these facilities.

3. Contractor shall call for inspection when needed – 4 to 6 hours minimum notice. Special events
(pipe delivery, backfill, testing, etc.) require a minimum of 24 hours notice to schedule.

4. Any work completed without the Inspector’s prior knowledge is cause for automatic rejection.
Any work buried without inspection shall be exposed and inspected prior to acceptance.

5. Contractor shall protect existing water and system at all times, if not, work will be stopped.

6. All damage to existing facilities or work under way shall be reported immediately. If unreported
damage is discovered, all work in area shall be exposed and re-inspected or reconstructed.

7. Any revision to plans must be approved in writing by Western.

8. No (Western) valves, or appurtenances of other utility facilities shall be operated by the

Contractor without approval and/or instruction from Western or the utility as appropriate.

9. Contractor shall have a competent and knowledgeable foreman on the job site at all times.

10. Repeated failure to adhere to Western’s guidelines may result in fines and/or file complaints to
the State Contractor’s Board.

BACKFLOW REQUIREMENTS - 2 DAYS NOTICE

ƒ Western’s Inspector shall inspect all materials before installation.

ƒ Western’s field crew will inspect backflow device before service is turned on.
ƒ Western will perform initial backflow test.

94
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.10 METER FEE COST WORKSHEET - FORM T-6

Western Municipal Water District

450 E. Alessandro Blvd., Riverside, CA 92508 Tel: 951-789-5000 FAX: 951-789-5012

METER FEE COST WORKSHEET

Date: _________________ Tract No. ___________________________________

Project Name:___________________________________ Tel:__________________

Developer: _____________________________________ FAX: _________________

Developer Contact:_______________________________ Cell: _________________

Superintendent: _________________________________ Trailer: _______________

Superintendent Cell#: ____________________________ FAX: _________________

Building Phase No._______________________________ Meter Size: ___________

Lot No’s. _______________________________________ Total Lots: ___________

METER FEES DUE:

AFC$______________ $__________ X (# Lots) _______ = $_____________

(AFC Credits (i.e. CFD) $___________ each lot)

DSF $__________ X (# Lots) _______ =$______________

Meter Cost $__________ X (# Lots) _______ =$______________

Jumper Flat Fee $70/lot $70.00 X (# Lots) _______ =$______________

Sewer Connection Fee $__________ X (# Lots) _______ =$______________

Water Resource Management Fee $50.00/meter X (# Lots) _______ =$______________

Backflow Fee $__________ X (# Meters) _______ =$______________

Total Due: =$_____________

Total Paid: =$_____________

Bal. Due: =$_____________

95
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.11 Instructions For Ordering Jumpers and Meters – FORM T-8

WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

450 Alessandro Blvd., Riverside, CA 92508
Headquarters: Tel: 951-789-5000 Fax: 951-789-5012
Operations: Tel: 951-789-5100 Fax: 951-780-0272

I. JUMPERS

• Jumper connections are available only for subdivision (tract) development in lieu of setting the
service meter while street improvements are being completed. Jumpers are NOT available for
Model Homes.
• Jumpers are installed only after the water system has been pressure tested, chlorinated and
successfully tested for lack of bacteria.
• Per Western’s Ordinance, all fees, including AFC, meter fees and a flat fee of $70 per lot
must be paid prior to jumper installation.
• Western does not supply the jumpers. Contractors are required to purchase jumpers from Western’s
approved suppliers listed below:

U.S. Filter, 325 N. Cota St., Corona, CA 92880 Tel: 951-340-0170

Marden Susco, 3155 N. Indian Ave., Perris, CA 92571 Tel: 951-657-6580

II. ORDERING METERS

• Western’s inspector must approve all meter boxes prior to meter installation.
• Call Western’s Construction Manager to schedule final meter box inspection.
• Meter installation can take up to six weeks. Occupancy not given until meter installed.
• A permanent meter must be installed prior to landscaping.

III. LANDSCAPE METERS

• Developer installs landscape lateral, meter box and backflow device but NOT the meter. Western
drops in the landscape meter AFTER all meter fees have been paid. Meter will be locked off until
backflow device has been tested and certified by Western.
FOUR WEEKS advance notice is required for drop-in landscape meter.

IV. OCCUPANCY RELEASE

• Call Western’s Construction Manager for occupancy releases with the County or City of Riverside.

96
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
5.03.12 Added Facilities Charge (AFC) Deferral Request FORM T-9

(Please put this letter on your letterhead)

ADDED FACILITIES CHARGE (AFC) DEFERRAL REQUEST

TRACT
ID , SEC. , T S, R W

On behalf of _______________________________, I would like to request that pursuant to Western

Municipal Water District’s current Ordinance, the Added Facilities Charges (AFC), flat fee of $70.00,
as well as the meter fee, for the referenced tract be deferred to such time as a jumper connection is
installed. Jumpers are to be installed in lieu of setting the meters while street improvements are being
completed.

I understand that all fees for a permanent meter installation and a jumper flat fee of $70.00 per lot must
be paid prior to jumper installation Permanent meters will be installed prior to landscaping.

Thank you for your consideration.

Sincerely,

(DEVELOPER TO EXECUTE)

97
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 6.00 TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

6.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS

IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM THE

CONSTRUCTION IN A NEAT ORDERLY AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER. ADEQUATE
NUMBER OF TRAINED PERSONNEL MUST BE PROVIDED TO PERFORM THE WORK WITH
SAFETY ALWAYS THE FIRST CONCERN.

6.01.01 PROJECT SITE

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine the site of the work and to make all
investigation necessary, both surface and sub-surface, to determine the character of materials to be
encountered and all other existing conditions affecting the work.

The entire site within the area affected by construction shall be cleared and bladed. Surfaces shall be
cut or filled to the extent indicated by finish grade stakes. Finish surfaces shall slope uniformly
between spot elevations or finish contour lines shown on the drawings and away from structures.
Grading tolerance will be plus or minus 0.1 feet from surface elevations indicated.

All lines and grades shall be established before Notice to Proceed, and the Contractor shall provide
such assistance and materials as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all survey
stakes and reference points. Should any stakes or points be removed or destroyed by any act of the
Contractor they shall be reset at the Contractor’s expense.

The Contractor shall inform Western a reasonable length of time in advance of the times and places at
which he intends to work in order that lines and grades may be furnished, that inspection may be
provided, and that necessary measurements for records and payments may be made with minimum
inconvenience.

6.01.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal rules and
regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection, and safety. Contractor shall obtain and have
available at the job site a copy of these specifications in order to comply with all provisions herein.

The Contractor shall provide such modern plant and equipment as may be necessary to perform all the
work in a satisfactory and acceptable manner, and in accordance with the specifications.

The Contractor shall file with Western a written list giving the names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of at least two (2) of his representatives who can be contacted at any time in case of
emergency. The representatives shall be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or
inconvenient conditions on short notice. The Contractor shall promptly notify Western of all changes
in the listing.

98
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
The Contractor shall provide all necessary power required for his operations under the contract. The
Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment as shall be
adequate in the opinion of Western to perform in a safe and satisfactory manner the work required by
the contract.

The Contractor shall obtain construction water for work under this specification. All water used to fill
potable water distribution systems must meet state and local health requirement for domestic
consumption.

6.01.03 PROTECTION OF FACILITIES AND PROPERTY

The drawings identify the various pipelines, conduits, and other existing utility structures as they are
supposed to exist in construction areas, but no error or omission on said drawings shall be construed to
relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of protecting any such pipeline, conduit, or other existing
utility structures.

When deemed necessary by Western, revisions of the contract drawings and additional detailed
drawings will be issued to the Contractor during the progress of the work.

When performing underground work, the Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert (USA), the
on-call underground facility locating service two (2) working days prior to making an excavation.
Contractor shall be responsible for such notification of sub-Contractor's work, or shall require sub-
Contractor to assume this responsibility.

No Western valves, or appurtenances of other utility facilities shall be operated by the Contractor
without approval and/or instruction from Western or the utility, as appropriate.

Insofar as practical during the progress of the work, the property of any owner (including facilities such
as a pipeline, conduit, sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage ditch, flood control channel, overhead wire,
cable, underground wire, or any other facility) shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and
protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition at the expense of the Contractor.
In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without the consent of the owner and
approval of Western. The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all damage due to his
operations and the provisions of this section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs
after backfilling, or is not discovered until after completion of backfilling.

The Contractor shall explore the location and depth of under-ground facilities, sewers, and storm drains
sufficiently in advance of pipeline laying or other construction operations so that changes in line or
grade, or both, can be made in the pipeline without delay of the Contractor's construction schedule,
without relaying or reconstructing previously installed pipelines or other facilities and to avoid
wherever possible moving, altering, or reconstruction of the obstructing underground facilities, sewers,
or storm drains.

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the location of all obstructions shown on the
plans and to locate any other underground utilities and structures which might necessitate a change in
the line and grade of the new work. If the Contractor, while performing the work of construction,
discovers utility facilities not identified in contract plans or specifications, the Contractor shall
immediately notify Western.

In no case shall any utility that has been damaged, whether shown or not shown on the plans, be
backfilled without the Contractor notifying the utility company of the damage.
99
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
If the work requires, as shown on the drawings or as specified, or as required for the Contractor's
convenience, that the surface and overhead facilities, underground facilities, sewers and storm drains
should be moved, altered, relocated, reconstructed, or temporarily supported, in order that the facilities
included in the contract can be constructed, the Contractor shall make all arrangements, therefore, with
the respective owners and shall bear all expenses for moving, altering, relocating, or temporarily
supporting the facilities.

In addition, Western may require the moving, altering, or reconstructing of obstructing underground
facilities, sewers, or storm drains, and any compensation, therefore, will be the responsibility of the
contracting party and not Western.

Pipelines determined to be abandoned may be destroyed if conflicting with the contract work and
properly disposed of after approval by Western.

All pipelines abandoned in place shall be crushed or filled (sand/cement slurry) and exposed ends of
abandoned pipelines shall be plugged for water tightness as approved by Western.

6.01.04 RIGHT-OF-WAY

Right-of-way for the pipelines to be constructed shall be acquired before Notice to Proceed. Neither
the terms hereof nor anything shown on the drawings in connection with the right-of-way shall be
construed to entitle the Contractor to conduct operations in said right-of-way in violation of any public
agency ordinance or regulation restricting interference with water courses and drainage channels, road,
alley, or street, until the Contractor has obtained permits from the proper authorities.

In all of the streets in which the Contractor’s work may interfere with ingress or egress of the occupants
of the abutting property or of their vehicles, the Contractor shall maintain temporary practical means of
ingress and egress or shall make satisfactory arrangements with the occupants for the obstructing of
ways to their properties for the duration of the interference. Such arrangements shall be made in
writing and a copy submitted to Western.

Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street or
way during performance of the contract work, and the Contractor shall so conduct the work as not to
interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of other agencies in such streets and ways.

Fences on the right-of-way shall be removed by the Contractor where necessary for the performance of
the work, but, where required, shall be maintained until the work is completed or removal is authorized.
Where the Contractor removed existing fences to facilitate the work, temporary fence protection for
lands adjacent to the right-of-way shall be provided at all times during the continuation of the contract.
Such temporary fence protection shall be adequate to prevent livestock from straying from or onto
adjacent lands and shall be constructed complete with gates and/or cattle guards. The cost of all work
described in this paragraph shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work and no separate
payment shall be made.

Where pipelines are to be constructed through and adjacent to tracts of improved property, the
Contractor shall, where practical, confine his operations within a 30-foot wide right-of-way or such
other width right-of-way as may be designated on the drawings or in the Special Provisions. If
Contractor's operations are such as to require additional space, the Contractor shall arrange for and
secure at his own expense any additional right-of-way required. The Contractor shall enter into written
agreements with the landowners and copies of the agreements shall be furnished to Western.
100
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
Where the pipeline is to be constructed through cultivated fields not in public road rights-of-way, the
contracting party will obtain and pay for damage to crops over a total overall width of 30' or such other
width as may be designated. Any damage to crops outside of the designated right-of-way shall be paid
for by the Contractor.

6.01.05 JOB SITE SAFETY

The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the work. This requirement will apply continuously 24 hours a day
every day until final acceptance of the work and shall not be limited to normal working hours.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain barricades, guards, temporary bridges and walkways,
watchmen, night-lights and danger signals illuminated from sunset to sunrise, and all other necessary
appliances and safeguards to protect the work, life, property, the public, excavations, equipment, and
materials. Barricades shall be of substantial construction and shall be painted such as to increase their
visibility at night. Suitable warning signs shall be so placed and illuminated at night as to show in
advance where construction, barricades, or detours exist. Guardrails shall be provided for bridges and
walkways over or adjoining excavations, shafts, and other openings and locations where injury may
occur.

The Contractor's Safety Officer shall inspect the entire work and site, including storage areas; at
frequent intervals to verify that fire prevention measures are constantly enforced.

The Contractor shall furnish and maintain fully charged fire extinguishers of the appropriate type,
supplements with temporary fire hoses wherever an adequate water supply exists, at the places where
burning, welding, or other operations that may cause a fire are being performed.

Only a working supply of flammable or toxic materials shall be permitted on any of the permanent
structures and improvements, and shall be removed there from at the end of each day's operations. The
Contractor shall store flammable or toxic materials and waste separate from the work and stored
materials for the work in a manner that prevents spontaneous combustion or dispersion, and none shall
be placed in any sewer or drain piping or buried on the site.

The Contractor shall not permit any person for whom he is responsible or liable to enter or remain on
the site of the work unless the person is equipped with and wearing a safety helmet and other protective
clothing and safety equipment conforming to the requirements of Western or regulatory agencies, and
shall discharge from the site all persons not so equipped. The Contractor shall post conspicuous signs
at appropriate locations warning the public and persons engaged upon the work of this requirement.
The Contractor shall furnish for their temporary use such safety helmets, protective clothing, and safety
equipment as Western may request of him.

The Contractor shall not permit or allow any person or persons to enter any pipeline or space
containing hazardous or noxious substances or gases, or where there is an insufficient amount of
oxygen to sustain life and consciousness, or any other hazardous area unless equipped with lawful and
appropriate safety equipment and life support apparatus, and unless those entering are continually
monitored and guarded by and in communications with other persons outside the space or area who are
equipped in the same way, can give an alarm to others for assistance, and initiate immediate rescue
operations in the event of mishap.

101
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
The Contractor shall perform any and all operations and shall furnish any materials and equipment
necessary during an emergency endangering life or property and, in all cases, shall notify Western of
the emergency as soon as practical, but shall not wait for instruction before proceeding to properly
protect both life and property.

Excavations shall be adequately shored and braced so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that
all existing improvements of any kind will be fully protected from damage. Any damage resulting
from a lack of adequate shoring and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall affect all necessary repairs or reconstruction at the Contractor's own expense as
directed by Western and shall bear all other expenses resulting from such damage.

Each contract built under these specifications for the construction of a water pipeline, sewer pipeline,
sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, or the use of
such a trench or open excavation, shall include the costs necessary to provide adequate sheeting,
shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to
applicable safety order, including the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of
Industrial Safety, in accordance with the requirements of the California Occupational Safety and Health
Act.

When working in, or connecting to existing systems in operation, the required safety provisions work
in an operating system will be enforced, including provisions for working in confined air spaces when
appropriate.

Nothing in this requirement shall be construed to impose tort liability on Western or any of its officers,
or employees.

6.01.06 JOB SITE MAINTENANCE

Excavating and grading shall be performed only when the weather conditions do not adversely affect
the quality of the finished product. Any graded or excavated areas that are damaged by the effect of
rain, or other weather conditions, during any phase of the construction, shall be re-excavated, re-
graded, and re-compacted to conform to the herein specified requirements, at the Contractor's expense.

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and means required and shall carry out protective
measures wherever and as often as necessary in the opinion of Western to prevent his operations from
producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing nuisance. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from his operations. The dust abatement
measures shall be continued until all required resurfacing is completed or until the Contractor has
completed arrangements with the proper authorities whereby the Contractor is relieved of further
responsibility.

The Contractor shall acquire such permits and take such measures as may be required, and shall
furnish, install, and operate such pumps or other devices as may be necessary to remove any seepage,
storm water, or sewage that may be found or may accumulate in excavations during the progress of the
work. The Contractor shall keep all excavations entirely free from water at all times during the
construction of the work and until Western has given permission to cease pumping. He shall keep the
complete work reasonably free from accumulations of water and sewage, and shall free it entirely at
such times as may be required by Western for inspection or other purposes. Any accumulated water or
sewage thus pumped shall be disposed of in accordance with good practice and local ordinances.

102
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
The Contractor shall provide an adequate dewatering system for the control of surface and groundwater
seepage into the excavations as may be required during the construction period.

The proposed plan of this dewatering system shall be submitted to Western for concept approval prior
to the installation of the system.

6.01.07 PROJECT CLEAN-UP

The Contractor shall keep the premises occupied by him in a neat and clean condition, and free from
unsightly accumulation of rubbish. Upon completion of the work and before the final estimate is
submitted, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, satisfactorily dispose of or remove from
the vicinity of the work all plants, buildings, rubbish, rock, unused and excavated materials belonging
to him or used under his direction during the construction, and in the event of his failure to do so, the
same may be removed and disposed of by Western at the Contractor's expense. Contractor's
responsibility shall include satisfactory disposal of all debris or protective material resulting from
material delivery such as plastic wrappings, pipe stulls, etc., whether or not the Contractor furnished
such material.

The Contractor shall carry on his operations in such sequence and in such manner as to interfere as
little as possible with other improvements. When the construction is adjacent to or on residential
property or cultivated fields or orchards, disposal of material and backfill operations shall be performed
in such manner as to restore the properties to their original condition as nearly as practical as
determined by Western. Topsoil shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, and replaced after the backfill
is placed.

As a part of the clean-up operation of facilities in private right-of-way, the Contractor shall restore the
soil the full width of the right-of-way to a mechanical condition equivalent to that which existed at the
time of the construction operations on such areas, by thoroughly loosening the soil with subsoilers, or
other acceptable means and by disking and leveling if necessary, any stones, gravel, or other
deleterious material left in spoil banks. On such lands debris shall be removed by the Contractor before
his final preparation of the soil and shall be disposed of as required for excavated materials.

103
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 6.02 EARTHWORK SPECIFICATIONS

6.02.01 EXCAVATION

Excavation shall include, without classification, the removal of all materials of whatever nature
encountered, including all vegetation or other obstructions of every nature that would interfere with the
proper execution and completion of the work. The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all
supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavations. The Contractor shall
perform all pumping, ditching or other approved measures for the removal or exclusion of water
(including taking care of storm water and waste water reaching the site of the work form any source) so
as to prevent damage to the work or adjoining property. Excavations shall be supported in the manner
set forth in the rules, orders and regulations prescribed by the Department of Industrial Relations,
Division of Industrial Safety.

Unless otherwise approved, all pipeline trenches shall have vertical sides and shall have a minimum
width equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches and a maximum width equal to the
outside diameter of the pipe plus 20 inches.

Any excavation carried down below the grades shown on the drawings or in excess of those ordered by
Western shall be backfilled to the required grade with sand or suitable selected sandy material. Such
material shall be properly moistened and thoroughly compacted in layers not exceeding 4 inches in
thickness by means of a hand-operated, power-driven tamper.

All excavations shall be kept free of water while concrete or pipeline is being placed and until concrete
has attained its initial set to eliminate any possible damage from such water. Any water accumulations
in excavations from any source shall be removed by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense.
Wastewater shall be disposed of in such a manner that it will not cause any damage to public or private
property or will not be a menace or inconvenience to the public.

Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor at the
Contractor’s expense.

6.02.02 PREPARATION OF PIPE AND STRUCTURE FOUNDATIONS

Normal bedding shall be used unless otherwise shown or ordered. For normal bedding of pipe, the
bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade shown on the drawings. The trench
bottom shall be given a final trim such that each pipe section when first laid shall be continually in
contact with the ground along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Rounding out of the trench to form a
cradle for the pipe will not be required. Where called for on the bidding sheets or otherwise ordered by
Western, the Contractor shall furnish imported sand beddings. Said material shall be placed in
accordance with the details shown herein.

Where the bottom of the trench is in rock or boulders, such material shall be removed to a minimum
depth of 6 inches below the grade of the bottom of the pipe and the trench refilled to the grade of the
pipe with sand or suitable selected sandy material. The material shall be properly moistened and
thoroughly compacted in layers not exceeding 4 inches in thickness by means of a hand-operated,
power-driven tamper.

104
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.02.03 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION

All excavations shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground surfaces except where otherwise
shown or ordered by Western. The trench shall be backfilled to a level 12 inches above the top of the
pipe with sufficiently granular material obtained from the excavation having a sand equivalent of at
least 30. Such material shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density.

The remaining backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth before
compaction. Each layer shall be moistened, tamped, puddled, rolled, or otherwise compacted to the
specified maximum density (minimum 90%) as determined by the compaction test specified herein. If
the backfill material is sandy or granular in nature, the layer construction may be eliminated and
compaction may be obtained by flooding and jetting, provided this latter method meets with the
approval of the agency having jurisdiction over the highway or street. If flooding and jetting is
permitted, the remaining backfill shall be placed in layers not exceeding 3 feet in thickness. Each layer
shall be flooded, jetted and poled to secure complete saturation of the material before placing the next
layer.

Where backfill is required to be compacted to a specified percentage of maximum density, tests for
compliance may be made by a qualified soils technician using the test procedure specified in "Methods
of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10-lb. Rammer and an 18-inch Drop", (ASTM
Designation D1557), modified to use 3 layers. Field density tests shall be performed in accordance
with the test procedure specified in "Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone
Method" (ASTM Designation D1556).

6.02.04 CUTTING AND RESTORING ROAD SURFACING, ETC.

In cutting or breaking up road surfacing, the Contractor shall not use equipment, which will damage the
adjacent surfacing. All cement concrete surfaces shall be scored with concrete sawing equipment of a
type meeting the approval of Western; provided however, that any cement concrete base under an
asphaltic mix surface will not be required to be scored by sawing. Existing paved surfaces shall be cut
back beyond the edges of the trenches to form neat square cuts before paving is commenced.

Surfacing, gutters and culverts destroyed in connection with performing the work required under the
contract shall be replaced with the same kind or with better surfacing, gutters, and culverts by the
Contractor in accordance with the latest specifications, rules and regulations and subject to the
inspection of the agency having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Damaged or destroyed
sidewalks shall be replaced with new sidewalks having a minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches.

Valve box sleeves or covers damaged or destroyed shall be replaced with the same kind of sleeves or
covers.

105
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 6.03 CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor shall furnish all materials for concrete and mortar, and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair,
finish and do all other work required to produce finished concrete structures.

6.03.01 CONCRETE AND MORTAR MIX

The concrete mix used for all concrete required hereunder shall be composed of Portland Cement and
properly graded sand and rock. The proportions of cement and aggregates shall be such as to produce a
workable mix with a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi at the age of 28 days. The quantity of
water used shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce a concrete, which, in the
judgment of the Engineer, can be worked properly into place without segregation.

Mortar shall consist of 1 part of Portland Cement and 1-1/2 parts of sand, all by volume. The materials
shall be thoroughly mixed dry until the mixture assumes a uniform color and then sufficient water shall
be added to bring the mixture to a workable consistency.

6.03.02 CEMENT

All cement used on the work shall be standard brand Portland Cement conforming to the
"Specifications for Portland Cement", Type II (ASTM Designation C150).

6.03.03 AGGREGATES

All aggregates shall be obtained from pits approved by the Engineer. Fine aggregate shall be composed
of clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains, free from shale, lumps and soft or flaky particles and
from injurious amounts of dust, alkali, organic matter, loam, mica, or other deleterious substances. The
grading as determined in accordance with the "Method of Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates" (ASTM Designation C136) shall conform approximately to the following:

SIEVE SIZE PERCENTAGE PASSING SIEVES

3/8" 100
NO. 4 90 - 100
NO. 8 65 - 90
NO. 16 45 - 70
NO. 30 25 - 45
NO. 50 10 - 20
NO. 100 2- 8
NO. 200 0- 4

Fine aggregate shall in all cases be washed. The control of washing of fine aggregate shall be such that
the finer particles of sand are retained or removed as required. Washed or saturated sand shall be
allowed to drain at least 24 hours to uniform moisture content before batching. Dry sand shall be
moistened before handling when necessary to prevent segregation. The fine aggregate shall be well
graded so as to insure a dense concrete.

When tested in accordance with the "Method of Test for Organic Impurities in Sand for Concrete"
(ASTM Designation C40), it shall show a color not darker than the standard color and shall contain not
more than a total of 5 percent by volume of clay, silt, mica, or other objectionable inorganic materials

106
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
as determined after shaking well with two and one-half times (2 1/2) its volume of water in a graduated
cylinder. At least 400 cc of sand by volume shall be used in this test.

Coarse aggregate shall be composed of strong, hard, clean, durable, uncoated pebbles or rock
fragments, free from alkali, organic or other deleterious matter and shall contain not more than 25
percent of crushed material. Not more than 5 percent by weight of soft or friable particles and not more
than 3 percent of thin, elongated, or laminated pieces will be allowed. Coarse aggregate shall be
washed, and if necessary shall be again uniformly moistened just before batching. Coarse aggregate
shall be furnished in the primary sizes specified below, and shall be stored in separate batching bins,
and batched as required to conform to the combined grading requirement. The grading or
proportioning of the fine and coarse aggregates in the mix shall be varied as directed by the Engineer,
and will be based on securing a well-graded aggregate and producing concrete having the required
workability, density, and strength, without the use of excess sand, water or cement. The grading of the
primary sized of the coarse aggregates shall be within the limits in percentages, by weights, as follows:

PRIMARY AGGREGATE SIZE NO. 2 (1-1/2 inch maximum size)

Percent
Passing a 2-inch square sieve 100
Passing a 1-1/3 in square sieve 90 - 100
Passing a 1 in square sieve 20 - 55
Passing a 3/4 in square sieve 0 - 15
Passing a 3/8 in square sieve 0- 5

PRIMARY AGGREGATE SIZE NO. 3 (1-inch maximum size)

Percent
Passing a 1-1/2 in square sieve 100
Passing a 1 in square sieve 90 -100
Passing a 3/4 in square sieve 60 - 80
Passing a 3/8 in square sieve 0 -15
Passing a No. 4 squre sieve 0-5

PRIMARY AGGREGATE SIZE NO. 4 (3/8 in. maximum size, pea gravel)

Percent
Passing a 1/2 in square sieve 100
Passing a 3/8 in square sieve 90 - 100
Passing a No. 4 square sieve 0-5

In the event coarse aggregate is stored in stockpiles in advance of concreting operations, such
stockpiles shall be built up by approved methods so that coning or segregating of the materials cannot
occur.

6.03.04 WATER

Water shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of organic matter, alkali, salts and other
impurities.

107
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.03.05 FORMS

Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever necessary.
Forms shall be smooth, tongue and groove boards, shiplap or plywood. Forms shall not be removed
until permission to do so has been given by the Engineer.

6.03.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING

As concrete is placed in forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted

throughout the entire depth of the layer, which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass.
Except in special cases where their use is deemed impracticable by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
use high-speed internal vibrators of an approved immersion type.

6.04 WATER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION

6.04.01 GENERAL

This Specification for water pipeline construction is prepared and presented to provide general
information and requirements for construction of water pipelines within Western Municipal Water
District (Western).

Compliance with these requirements does not waive requirements of other governing public bodies or
agencies. Requirements of all other governing public bodies are to be closely adhered to, including all
safety orders, encroachment permits, and other federal, state, county and local laws and ordinances.

This specification is applicable to the construction phase of water facilities, and is effective only after
Western's design requirements for water plans and systems have been complied with and water plan
drawings have been approved and signed. All water pipeline work shall be installed by a Contractor
holding either a current and valid Class "A" General Engineering Contractor's License or a Class "C-34"
Pipeline Specialty License.

In general, all material furnished and all construction including trenching, installation, backfill, testing
and disinfection shall conform to the applicable specifications of the following standards in the
precedence indicated:
(1) The specifications contained herein,
(2) "American Water Works Association Standards" for the applicable work,
(3) "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", (Green Book, latest revision, as
published
by Building News, Inc. of Los Angeles). Western’s designated Inspector may issue
supplemental
orders and instructions.

6.04.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND NOTICE-TO-PROCEED

Western requires that a Pre-construction Conference be held. A formal written Notice-to-Proceed will
be issued prior to the commencement of work.

108
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.04.03 MATERIALS

All materials shall be new materials, and must be from Western's Approved Materials List (Section 7.0),
and shall be provided in accordance with the following:

WATER PIPE: Water pipe shall be in accordance with (Section 6.04.06) STEEL CYLINDER WATER
PIPE SPECIFICATIONS or in accordance with (Section 6.04.07) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE WATER
PIPE SPECIFICATIONS (limited to C-900 and sizes 4" through 12" only) included herein.
"PRETENSIONED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE" is not to be used unless specifically specified and
approved by Western. Asbestos-Cement pipe is not permitted.

Steel cylinder pipe 12-inch diameter and smaller shall have cement mortar lining and cement mortar
coating (CML & C) unless specifically stated otherwise on the drawings. All pipe 14-inch and larger
shall have cement mortar lining and coating (CML & C) unless stated otherwise on the drawings.

Steel cylinder pipe ends shall normally be prepared for rubber gasket bell and spigot joints except as
modified in Section 6.04.06, STEEL CYLINDER WATER PIPE SPECIFICATIONS included herein.
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE C-900 pipe ends shall be integral bell and spigots with gaskets conforming
to ASTM F-477.

FITTINGS: All fittings shall be in accordance with Section 6.04.08 STEEL FITTINGS
SPECIFICATIONS (for use with steel cylinder pipe) or with Section 6.04.09, DUCTILE IRON
FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS (FOR USE WITH PVC C-900 PIPE) included herein. Cast iron fittings
are not acceptable. All fittings (tees, crosses, elbows, reducers, etc.) shall be fabricated from steel or be
forged steel. Lining and coating shall be shop applied and shall be equal to the pipeline lining and
coating. Elbows shall be smooth radius construction and long radius dimension. Western shall approve
special fittings requiring reinforcement. Reducers shall always be eccentric type and installed with the
horizontal side up.

VALVES: All valves 2" to 12", shall be gate valves, all valves 14" and larger shall be butterfly valves, and
all valves shall be in accordance with Section 6.05 Valves. Valves shall always be pressure rated for design
service conditions. Valves shall be installed as shown on Western’s Standard Drawings and protectively
coated as specified in Section 6.06, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS.

FLANGES: Flanges shall be per AWWA Standard C207, forged steel, slip-on, hub type, Class E (Table
3) for welded installation. For service above a design pressure 275 psi, higher pressure rated flanges
shall be provided.

FLANGE GASKETS: Flange gaskets shall be first-rate natural or synthetic material, non-asbestos, ring-
type for the size installation required.

COMBINATION AIR VACUUM AND AIR RELEASE VALVES: Valves shall be installed per
Western’s Standard Drawings.

FIRE HYDRANTS: Hydrants shall be installed per Western’s Standard Drawings.

109
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.04.04 WARRANTY

The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire work constructed and all materials furnished will meet all
the requirements specified herein. This warranty shall include both the quality of the workmanship and
the materials used as well as that of subContractors and suppliers.

The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective materials or
workmanship in the pipe materials supplied which have become evident within one year after date of
recording Notice of Completion, and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these
specifications, including the test requirements, any part of the water system, which during said one-year
period, is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this specification. The Contractor shall
make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders from Western or if in the event
the repair work must be performed by Western, shall reimburse Western for actual labor, equipment and
material expenses incurred to perform such corrective work. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and
replacements promptly, Western may do the work, and the Contractor shall be liable to Western for the
cost thereof as described above.

6.04.05 WATER PIPELINE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS

Installation of water pipeline, fittings, valves, hydrants and other appurtenances shall be in accordance
with all provisions of these specifications including (Sections 6.02 and 6.03) EARTHWORK,
CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS, Standard Drawings (Section 8.0), Approved Materials List (Section
7.0). Western shall make all connections to existing Western facilities. The Contractor shall notify
Underground Service Alert at 1-800-422-4133 at least 2 working days prior to construction to locate
potential utility interference in the right-of-way.

Western will provide an Inspector for inspection of pipeline construction work. The Inspector will
check for compliance with Western requirements for pipeline construction, but will not have the
responsibility for checking survey work (horizontal and vertical control) nor installed quantities of pipe
for developer projects. The Western Inspector is not a Safety Inspector and is not responsible for
enforcing compliance with OSHA or other safety requirements. Job site safety is not Western’s
responsibility and Western does not accept any liability connected with the construction.

Where thrust resistance is required to restrain steel cylinder pipe from pulling apart due to pressure forces
(i.e.: elbows, dead ends, tees, etc.), joints shall be welded per Western’s Standard Drawings for at least the
full distance indicated on the plans. Where thrust resistance is required to restrain the PVC C-900 pipe
from pulling apart due to pressure forces (i.e.: elbows, dead ends, tees, etc.), restraint joints shall be
installed per Western’s Standard Drawings.

6.04.06 STEEL CYLINDER WATER PIPE SPECIFICATIONS

It is required that the Contractor shall furnish, deliver, and install, all pipe and material as hereinafter
described in these specifications. All fabrication, workmanship, material and testing of pipe shall
conform to the latest revision of the standard specifications specified herein.

STEEL CASING Steel casing shall be butt welded of sheets conforming to ASTM Specification A-283
and shall be installed at the location shown on the plans or as directed by the District. Installation may
be by open trench. If the contractor elects to install the casing pipe by jacking, the provisions of these
specifications for jacked steel casing pipe shall apply. However, payment shall be at the bid price for
steel casing.

110
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
The casing pipe shall have a steel thickness not less than ¼ inch with a yield strength of 35,000 psi min.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility for selecting a size of casing, at or above the minimum
specified, in order that the installation may be done with a sufficient degree of accuracy. Any and all
increased costs resulting from the Contractor’s use of steel casing pipe with greater diameter or
thickness than the minimum specified shall be borne by the Contractor. Carrier pipe conforming to
these specifications for the designed pipe shall be installed within the casing pipe to the lines and grades
shown on the plans. The carrier pipe shall be supported within the casing on steel casing insulators with
the following minimum properties:

A. Band width shall be 8” for nominal 12” diameter pipe and 12” for 16” nominal diameter and larger.
Band shall be minimum 14” gauge (.074”) steel, hot rolled and pickled and manufactured in two
halves.
B. The liner shall be of polyvinyl chloride, with a minimum thickness of .090” and a durometer of
“A” 55.90. The linear shall have a minimum dielectric strength of 57,000 V. (1/8” thick) and a
maximum water absorption of 1%.
C. The runners shall be manufactured of 2” wide glass reinforced plastic moulded under high
pressure. Height of runners to be appropriate to center carrier pipe in casing. Runners shall be 7”
long for 8” steel band width an 11” long for 12” band width and shall have the following minimum
qualities.

Material Specifications: Rockwell hardness (M) – (ASTM D785) – 90

Tensile strength - (ASTM D638) – 17,600 psi

Flexural strength - (ASTM D790) – 25,300 psi

Compression strength - (ASTM D695) – 18,000 psi

(10% deformation)

Deflection temp. @ 264 psi - (ASTM D648) - 405°F (250°C)

Deformation under load

(@ 122°F (50°C) – 2,000 lb. load) - (ASTM D621) – 1.2%

Minimum number of runners per band shall be:

4” through 14” diameter – 2 top, 2 bottom

16” through 36” diameter – 2 top, 4 bottom

D. Insulators shall be arranged within the casing as follows: The first insulator at each end of casing
shall be maximum 1’ from the end of casing. The second insulator shall be 5’ from end of casing.
The remainder of the casing length shall have insulators distributed throughout at a maximum
spacing of 15’ O.C.
E. The insulators shall be as manufactured Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc. (psi) or District approved
equal.

The ends of the steel casing shall be sealed with synthetic rubber casing end seals with a minimum
thickness of 1/8” and secured with stainless steel bands and clamps. End seals shall maintain the casing
pipe in a watertight condition. The end seals shall be as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc.

111
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
or District approved equal. The annular space between the seal casings and carrier pipe shall be left
empty.

Voids, if developed outside the casing and within limits for boring or jacking, from any cause such as
removal of rocks encountered in boring, shall be filled with lean grout forced in under pressure by
insertion of a grout pipe outside of the casing. The lean grout shall consist of one part of portland
cement to not more than four parts of sand by volume, paced at low pressure. Grout pressure is to be
controlled so as to avoid deformation of the casing. Sand for grout to be placed outside the casing shall
be of such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 8 sieve and no less than 35% will pass No. 50 sieve.

Measurement for payment for casing pipe excluding carrier pipe within said casing shall be made along
the centerline of the casing pipe between the limits shown on the plans and/or staked in the field.

Payment for steel casing pipe will be at the contract unit price per linear foot for steel casing pipe placed
in accordance with these plans and specifications. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all
labor, excavation, backfill, boring, jacking, steel casing pipe, insulated pipe supports, casing end seals,
shoring, equipment, services, transportation, sand cement, concrete, all grouting operations described
herein, and other appurtenant items of labor and material required to complete the work. The water
carrier pipe will be paid for under the bid item for pipe.

TYPE OF PIPE This specification includes steel pipe, cement mortar lined and coated steel pipe classes
150 and 200.

Steel pipe with the various coatings and linings shall conform to the provisions of AWWA
specifications C200 and C205, unless otherwise specified herein.

PIPE DIAMETER Nominal pipe diameter for all pipe shall mean the approximate inside diameter of
the cement lining of the pipe, the permissible tolerance shall be plus or minus ¼ inch.

PIPE JOINTS All joints shall conform to Western’s Standard Specifications, AWWA Standard C200,
AWWA M9, and AWWA M11.

BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS Pipe larger than 24 inch diameter and having a wall thickness greater
than 0.1875, shall be Carnegie type joints. Bell and Spigot joints for pipe 24-inch diameter and smaller
shall be formed joints either by swaging or rolling the end of the steel cylinder. The joint shape shall
confirm to a rolled groove rubber gasket joint as shown in AWWA M11. The nominal thickness of a
preformed bell ring shall not be less than the thickness of the steel cylinder to which it is attached. Bell
and Spigots shall be the same nominal diameter as the pipeline.

WELDED FIELD JOINTS Welded field joints shall be lap welded. A bell shall be formed on the steel
cylinder to accommodate the spigot. The spigot insertion shall be a minimum of 1-½ inches.

FLANGED JOINTS Steel flanges shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C207, Class E or Class
F. Flange faces shall be machined flat with serrated finish for connection to valves and equipment.
Bolts and nuts for buried or non-buried service shall be carbon steel confirming to ASTM A307, Grade
B. Bolts and nuts used for buried service shall be coated per Division 6 using protective coating system
P6. Bolts and nuts for immersed or intermittingly immersed installations shall be 316 stainless steel
conforming to ASTM A276. All assembly bolts shall be hexagonal head conforming to ANSI B18.2.1
for wrench head bolts and nuts. All threads shall be coarse threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1,
Class 2A and 2B.

112
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
Joint rings for steel pipe shall be manufactured of the same material as the pipe cylinder.

Where called for, the joint shall be sealed with a continuous ring gasket made of a special composition
rubber of such size and cross section as to fill completely the recess provided for it. The gasket shall be
the sole element depended upon to make the joint watertight. Gasket shall be furnished with the pipe.
The rubber compound shall consist of first grade natural rubber, synthetic rubber, or a suitable
combination thereof. The com-pound shall conform to the requirements of Section 3.4 of AWWA
Specification C301 and Shore Durometer, Type A, 50-65. All gasket material shall be stored in a cool,
well-ventilated place and protected from direct sunlight. The Contractor shall submit test results
showing the physical properties of the materials used in the manufacture of the rubber gaskets, if
requested by Western All rubber gaskets furnished under this specification shall be subject to inspection
and/or test by Western. Any gasket found to be unsatisfactory by Western should be immediately
replaced by the Contractor, at no expense to Western.

Joints requiring thrust restraint shall be lap welded utilizing certified welders and multiple pass welds. Such
joints will be at the joints of all fittings such as elbows, tees, crosses, laterals, reducers and bulkheads.
Engineers shall supply Western the calculations determining the length of welded joints (minimum factor of
safety shall be 2). Additional weld joints shall be shown on the plans.

PIPE TESTING All steel cylinders shall be hydro-statically tested to a stress equal to 75% of the
minimum yield point.

STEEL PIPE DESIGN Cylinder thickness shall be calculated in accordance with AWWA C200 and
AWWA M11. Allowable stresses shall not exceed 18,000 PSI, or 50 percent of the minimum yield strength
of steel.

STEEL PIPE MATERIALS All materials used shall conform to the requirements of standards specified
in these specifications except as otherwise specified or approved by Western.

STEEL Steel shall be hot rolled low carbon steel plates or sheets conforming to ASTM A283 Grade D,
ASTM A516 Grade 60, and ASTM A572 Grade 42. Steel plates shall be fully kilned steel to fine
grained practice.

Steel sheet and coil shall conform to ASTM A570 Grades 33, 36, 40 or 45, or ASTM A635 Grade 1015,
1018 or 1020. Steel coil shall be fully kilned to fine grained practice.

Cement mortar lining shall be as specified in AWWA 205.

Cement mortar coating shall be as specified in AWWA 205.

STEEL PIPE FABRICATION All fabrication shall conform to the requirements of standards in these
specifications except as otherwise specified or approved by Western.

The cement mortar lining for all sizes of pipe shall be applied to the inside of the steel cylinder after it
has been fabricated, tested, and cleaned of all loose mill scale and rust. Inside cement mortar lining
shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C205, Section 4 except that the lining thickness shall be
no less than that amount specified in Table 1 of AWWA standard C205. The lining thickness may be
increased to that amount which provides a pipe I.D. equal to the nominal pipe diameter size.

Before applying the exterior coating, the exterior surface of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned to
bright metal, and shall be free from all-loose mill scale and rust.
113
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
Exterior cement mortar coating shall conform to Section 5 of AWWA C205, except exterior coating
shall be a minimum of 3/4" thick. The mortar shall be applied pneumatically or by impaction, resulting
in a dense, uniform coating that shall adhere tightly to the pipe.

PIPE SUPPLIER REQUIREMENTS All pipe furnished under this specification shall be the product of an
organization which has had not less than three (3) years successful experience in the manufacture of pipe of
the type specified, or comparable. The total pipeline shall be the product of one company, or more than one
integrated company, in business for the design and manufacture of the pipeline materials required herein.
The name of the manufacturer of the pipe to be furnished shall be from Western's list of approved
manufacturers.

All pipe and joints proposed to be furnished under this specification and the materials, methods and
processes of the manufacturer, must have been approved prior to the Notice to Proceed. If approval by
Western has not been made, such product cannot be used under this specification. Such approval will be
considered and may be obtained after completion by Western of design review, manufacturing
inspection and performance evaluation. Requests for consideration of approval must be received in
writing, not less than 90 days prior to the date that acceptance is desired.

DEFECTIVE LINING AND COATING Any defective area in the lining or coating shall be removed to
the pipe wall and the area shall be repaired by hand application to the full-required thickness. The coating
shall be repaired or replaced as necessary to assure a complete and soundly reinforced coating. The
materials used for repair of defective lining and coating shall be the same type of materials.

PROTECTION OF PIPELINE MATERIALS During the entire period of the application of the lining and
coating and the curing thereof, the materials shall be protected from freezing, and the pipe sections shall be
carefully supported and handled so as to avoid injury to the linings and coatings. The pipe shall be properly
stored to prevent damage to the linings and coatings, including excessive cracking or separation from the steel
surfaces.

CORROSION PROTECTION The unlined interior surface of each bell, the uncoated exterior of each
spigot, and bare metal surface of specials and fittings shall be protected against corrosion by shop-
applying one coat of Rust-Olium No. 769 damp-proof red primer (SO), or approved equal.

LONG RADIUS CURVES AND PULLED JOINTS Horizontal and vertical long radius curves, when
specified, may be accomplished by taking small angular deflections at the field joints and the use of
short length pipe sections. Maximum joint deflection shall not exceed that recommended by the
manufacturer.

PIPE OUTLETS 2 INCHES AND SMALLER Small outlets (2" or less) shall be standard steel pipe
couplings, shop welded to the pipe in a manner conforming to the requirements of the A.P.I. - A.S.M.E.
code for Unfired Pressure Vessels for Petroleum Liquids and Gasses. Plugs of the proper diameter shall
be provided for each pipe outlet. The threads for each pipe outlet 2 inches and smaller shall be free from
burrs and obstructions after the coupling has been welded to the pipe wall.

PIPE OUTLETS LARGER THAN 2 INCHES Large outlets (more than 2") including Wye-branches, crosses,
and tees, shall be reinforced with a cross-sectional area at least twice the area of the steel removed from the
pipe walls, except that the minimum combined thickness of the pipe wall and reinforcement shall be not less
than 3/16 inch. At the option of the pipe manufacturer, pipe outlets larger than 2 inches may be formed in the
pipe sections with a nominal wall thickness of 3/16 inch without additional reinforcement. The outlets shall
have protective linings and coatings equivalent to that of the adjoining pipe.
114
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
BUTT STRAPS Butt Straps shall be split and shall have a minimum thickness of 3/16 inch and a 5-inch half
coupling with plug. Two hand-holes shall be required on pipelines 14 inch and larger. All butt straps shall be
shipped loose.

TESTING JOINTS Every pipe section shall be tested hydro-statically. After the joint ends have been
formed and attached, a dye-check method or approved equal of testing the end ring welds shall be used.

LOADING AND TRANSPORTING PIPE After the pipe has been properly cured as set forth above, it
shall be loaded on trucks or railroad cars, adequately supported and chocked with sawdust bags or other
methods approved by Western. During loading and unloading operations, the pipe shall be moved with
non-metallic slings of sufficient width to prevent damage to the exterior coating and in such a manner to
prevent injury to the cement mortar lining. The sling webbing shall be no less than four (4) inches in
width. The Material Supplier shall accomplish unloading in a workmanlike manner, and every
precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe. Under no circumstances are pipe sections to be
dropped or bumped in handling.

6.04.07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE WATER PIPE SPECIFICATIONS

It is required that the Contractor shall furnish, deliver, and install all pipe and material as hereinafter
described in these specifications. All fabrication, workmanship, material and testing of pipe shall
conform to the latest revision of the standard specifications specified herein.

TYPE OF PIPE This specification includes Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe of the following
classes/working water pressures: Class 150 (DR-18)/working pressure 150 psi and Class 200 (DR-
14)/working pressure 200 psi.

All PVC pipe shall be twenty (20) foot laying lengths and have cast iron outside diameters (C.I.O.D.'s).

PVC pipe shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C-900 unless otherwise specified
herein.

JOINTS Unless otherwise specified or shown, all joints of PVC pipe shall be with elastomeric gasket
bell ends. Solvent welded joints will not be allowed. The bell ends shall be an integral thickened bell.
The minimum wall thickness of the bell, at any point, between the ring groove and the pipe barrel shall
conform to the dimension ration requirements of C-900 AWWA Standard.

The pipe manufacturer shall furnish all elastomeric gaskets. The gaskets shall be manufactured to
conform to the requirements of ASTM F-477.

The Contractor shall submit test results showing the physical properties of the materials used in the
manufacture of the rubber gaskets, if requested by Western. All rubber gaskets furnished under this
specification shall be subject to inspection and/or test by Western. Any gasket found to be
unsatisfactory by the Western shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor, at no expense.

TESTING Each piece of C-900 PVC pipe shall be hydro-statically proof-tested at four (4) times its
rated class pressure for a minimum duration of five (5) seconds. Integral bells shall be tested with the
pipe.

115
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
MATERIALS All fabrication, workmanship and materials used shall conform to the requirements of
standards specified in these specifications.

EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT All pipe furnished under these specifications shall be the project of
an organization, which has had not less than three (3) years successful experience in the manufacture of
pipe of the type specified. The total pipeline shall be the product of one company (or integrated
companies) in the business for the design and manufacture of the pipeline materials required herein;
unless approved in writing by Western.

PIPE MANUFACTURER The name of the manufacturer of the pipe to be furnished by the Contractor
shall be stated on the bidding sheets. All pipe proposed to be furnished under this specification must
have been approved prior to the time of receiving the bids.

PIPE MARKINGS All pipe to be supplied under these specifications must have the following markings
on the pipe barrel: Nominal size and O.D. base (for example 8" C.I.O.D.), dimension ratio number;
AWWA pressure class; and manufacturer's name or trademark and production record code.

LONG RADIUS CURVES AND PULLED JOINTS Horizontal and vertical long radius curves, when
specified, may be accomplished by taking small angular deflections at the field joints and the use of short
length pipe sections. Maximum joint deflections shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer.
Vertical curves require specific written authorization from Western.

PIPE OUTLETS 2 INCHES AND SMALLER Outlets 2 inches and smaller shall be standard full circle
bronze saddles designed specifically for C.I.O.D. PVC pipe. No single or double strap saddles are
allowed.

PIPE OUTLETS LARGER THAN 2 INCHES Outlets in C-900 PVC pipe larger than two (2") inches
shall be accomplished through the use of ductile iron fittings (Section 6.04.09).

For outlets installed after initial pipeline, a tapping tee may be used if approved in writing by Western.

LOADING AND TRANSPORTING PIPE Pipe shall be properly crated and packaged in a manner
acceptable to the manufacturer. Pipe shall be loaded on trucks and securely strapped to the truck bed to
prevent movement and distortion. Straps must be wide fabric web type.

Chains or cables shall not be utilized. During loading and unloading operations the pipe shall be moved
with slings whose webbing is no less than four (4) inches in width. Unloading shall be accomplished in
a workmanlike manner and pipe shall not be dropped or damaged.

PIPE AGE PVC pipe shall be installed within one year of its manufacturer's date. Pipe older than one
year shall not be brought to the construction site.

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Western may require the manufacturer to submit a certificate

stating that all pipe has been manufactured and tested in accordance with this specification.

6.04.08 STEEL FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS

This specification covers shop manufactured pipe fittings for use with steel cylinder piping including
tees, crosses, elbows, reducers, laterals, flanges and related special fittings. All fittings shall be
fabricated from steel or be forged steel. Cast iron fittings are not permitted. Pipelines 12" and smaller

116
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
shall have flanged connections unless weld joint fittings are approved by Western. Pipelines 14" and
larger may utilize weld joint fittings when approved by Western.

STEEL FITTINGS Special fittings and sections shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA
Standards C200 (Section 4), C207 and C208. Fittings shall be designed and fabricated for a pressure which
is 150 percent of the pressure class as designated for the pipeline, except where otherwise indicated. Dye
penetrant process may be used on all untested welds in lieu of hydrostatic testing if straight pipe used in
fabricating the special has passed a hydrostatic test of 75 percent of the yield point. All defective welds
shall be removed, rewelded and retested. Lining and coating material shall be shop applied and be the same
as that indicated for the mating piping. Flanges, where indicted, shall be AWWA Class E, bored in
accordance with the recommended clearance for the O.D. of the cylinder pipe being served.

Special fittings and sections shall be reinforced with stiffener rings, collars, crotch plates, etc. as necessary to
keep the maximum working stress to that level permitted for the pipe in accordance with AWWA M11 Steel
Pipe Manual, Section 13.3.

Non-flanged joints shall be designed for lap-weld joints, and shall have bell ends for receiving the O.D.
of the mating steel pipe cylinder.

Approved manufacturers must be used for steel fittings to be furnished under this Specification
(approved Materials List, (Section 7.0). Manufacturers of steel fittings that seek Western approval are
to submit sample fittings for testing and acceptance by Western and must submit samples together with
detail drawings, not less than 90 calendar days prior to the time acceptance is desired.

TESTS The special fittings shall be factory tested in accordance with AWWA Standard C200, Section 4.3,
except that the test pressure shall be 1-1/2 times the specified pipe class.

GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship of items furnished under
these Specifications shall be free from defects for a period of one year after final completion and acceptance
of the entire contract work. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, repair or replace all defective
materials or workmanship supplied by him found to be deficient with respect to any provisions of this
specification.

6.04.09 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS

This specification covers ductile iron fittings for use with AWWA C-900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
pipe including tees, crosses, elbows, reducers and related special fittings. Cast iron fittings are not
permitted.

DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS All fittings for use with PVC C-900 pipe shall be cast-iron outside
diameter (C.I.O.D.) push-on or mechanical joint fittings with the exception of fittings with valves, which
shall be push-on, or mechanical joint by flange. Ductile iron fittings shall be classified as "compact
ductile iron fittings" and shall be produced in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.53/C-153. All
fittings shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C-104). Ductile iron
fittings, and valves shall be polyethylene encased per ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-82.

MANUFACTURER Manufacturers of ductile iron fittings proposed to be furnished under the

specification must be approved by Western. Manufacturers of ductile iron fittings, which seek Western
approval, are to submit sample fittings for testing and detail drawings, not less than 90 calendar days
prior to the time acceptance is desired.

117
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
TESTS The special fittings shall be factory pressure tested in accordance with Sections 10-10 and 10-
12 of AWWA C110, except that the test pressure shall be 1-1/2 times the specified pipe class.

GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee that all materials and workmanship of items furnished
under these specifications shall be free from defects for a period of one year after final completion and
acceptance of the entire contract work. The Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials or
workmanship supplied found to be deficient with respect to any of this specification.

6.04.10 WATER PIPELINE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall install pipe, closure sections, fittings, valves and appurtenances, including pipe
supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets and jointing materials. All exposed piping shall be adequately supported with
devices of appropriate design approved by Western.

At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and the ends of
the pipe in the trenches or structure shall be kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and
foreign materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating
due to water entering the trench from any source, shall assume full responsibility for any damage due to
this cause and shall restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if it is displaced due
to floating. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a
clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by Western.

Where closure sections are required by the Contractor laying operations, the sections shall be installed in
accordance with the applicable sections of these Specifications.

The pipe sections shall be laid in the trench to true alignment and grade in accordance with the plans.
Exceptional care shall be taken in placing the pipe and making the field joint. Bumping of the pipe in
the trench will not be permitted. Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at the locations and of the
sizes as shown on the drawings. Welded joints shall be provided where indicated on the drawings.

LAYING AND JOINTING STEEL CYLINDER AND PVC C-900 PIPE Trenches shall be in a
reasonably dry condition when the pipe is laid. Necessary facilities shall be provided for lowering and
properly placing the pipe sections in the trench without damage. All handling of the piping shall be
done with slings that will not damage the pipe. The slings shall bear uniformly against the pipe. When
not being handled, all pipe shall be supported on timber cradles, sand bags, or mounds of earth. The
pipe shall be laid carefully to the lines and grades given and the sections shall be closely jointed to form
a smooth flow line. Where no grades are given, pipe shall be laid in a smooth continuous grade between
connections to other mains, blowoffs and/or air relief valves with a minimum cover of 36 inches.
Immediately before placing each section of pipe in final position for jointing, the bedding for the pipe
shall be checked for firmness and uniformity of surface.

Where called for on the plans, the bell end of steel cylinder piping shall be circumferentially welded to the
spigot end of the adjoining pipe as shown on Western’s Standard Drawings. The weld shall be continuous
and ample bell holes shall be dug to permit proper welding. The field weld between the bell and spigot
ends shall be made in 2 or more passes so as to build up a fillet weld having a minimum thickness of 1/4
of an inch. 3 passes will be required for 5/16 inch thick plate with one additional pass for each 1/8 inch of
plate thickness above 5/16 inch. Prior to welding those joints designated for welding, the joints shall be
made up in accordance with this section, except that the rubber gasket and the bond wire may be omitted.
All joints shall be inspected and approved by Western before the coating is placed on the outside of the
joint. Where butt-straps or closure pieces are used, the exterior of the closure pieces shall be given a
coating at least equal to that on the pipe.
118
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
Prior to joining PVC C-900 bell and spigot pipe, the rubber gasket shall be placed in the spigot groove
and shall be properly lubricated with a suitable compound soap supplied by the pipe manufacturer. The
gasket shall not be twisted, rolled, cut, crimped, or otherwise injured or forced out of position during the
closure of the joint.

CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES All wet tap connections to existing facilities will be
made by Western. Contractor shall make all non-pressure connections to existing facilities, as shown on
the plans.

INSTALLATION OF VALVES All buried valves shall be installed with the stems in a vertical position
except as otherwise noted. Valve boxes shall be centered over the operating nuts and shall be set plumb.
Installation shall be per Western’s Standard Drawing.

INSTALLATION OF AIR VACUUM/AIR RELEASE VALVES Air Vacuum/Air release valve

assemblies with guard posts shall be installed as shown on Western’s Standard Drawings.

INSTALLATION OF BLOWOFF VALVE ASSEMBLIES Blowoff Assemblies shall be installed as shown

on Western’s Standard Drawings.

INSTALLATION OF FIRE HYDRANTS Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on Western’s

Standard Drawings.

FIELD APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS All unburied metal surfaces of piping and
appurtenances in structures and above ground shall be prepared for paint. All ungalvanized metal
surface shall have deposits of dirt, grease, tar and oil removed by the use of Amercoat No. 57 Surface
Cleaner, or approved equal. All sharp edges and weld splatter shall be removed. The surface to be
painted shall be wire-brushed to remove all dust, mill scale, paint, or other foreign matter. All dust shall
be removed from the surface by brush or industrial vacuum.

All buried miscellaneous ferrous surfaces including buried valves, flanged joints and other buried
miscellaneous fittings and appurtenances, not specifically covered elsewhere herein, shall be thoroughly
cleaned and field-coated with Koppers Bitumatic, or approved equal. The coating shall be applied in
strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Bare metal pipe and weldments shall be
cleaned and then coated with an approved primer and two layers (20 mils min.) of Protector-Wrap or
approved equal. At no time shall epoxy lined and/or coated pipe be field fabricated.

THRUST RESTRAINT Thrust shall be contained by welding joints (steel cylinder pipe) or by use of
thrust blocks or thrust collars (PVC C-900 pipe). Always construct against undisturbed earth.
Engineers shall submit to Western for approval calculations determining the length of welded or
restrained joints. The minimum factor of safety shall be 1.5.

TEMPORARY PIPELINE TERMINATION (FOR FUTURE) When tees and crosses are installed for
future water system expansion, a line sized valve shall be installed on the portions of the cross or tee
designated for future water pipelines. One full length of PVC pipe shall then be installed from the valve
in the direction of the future pipeline. The end of the pipe shall be plugged and a concrete thrust block
shall be poured to prevent movement at the dead end.

FIELD FABRICATION At all locations where field fabrication of fittings occurs, the Contractor shall
fabricate the fittings in accordance with AWWA C208 and in such a manner that the adjacent rubber

119
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
gasket joint is in close enough proximity to permit field repair of the mortar lining or the Contractor
shall furnish and install suitable hand holes to permit the hand lining and repair and patching of the field
fabrication joint. The completed field fabricated fitting shall provide a smooth transition surface across
the fabricated joint. The exterior coating of the fitting shall be repaired as hereinbefore specified.

CORROSION TEST STATIONS (STEEL PIPE) Corrosion test stations shall be installed at the
locations shown on the drawings. The test station shall be installed as shown on a Western’s Standard
Drawings.

FLANGE INSULATING JOINTS (STEEL PIPE) Flange insulation joints shall be installed at the
locations shown on the drawings. Insulating joints shall prevent the flow of electric current across the
joint and is of adequate strength to withstand the working water pressure of the adjacent piping. Flange
insulation joints shall consist of:

Dielectric gaskets: Full-faced, 1/8 inch thickness, phenolic with gaskets on each side, Type “E”, PSI
Line Backer, or equal.
Insulating stud sleeves for each bolt: High-density polyethylene or spiral wound mylar.
Two insulating washers for each bolt: 1/8 inch thick phenolic.
Bolts shall conform to ASTM A193, Grade B7, Heavy Hex, stainless steel, Type 316.
Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, Grade 2H, Heavy Hex, stainless steel, Type 316.
Steel washers over each insulating washer: 1/8 inch thick hardened stainless steel, Type 316, with the
same outside diameter as the insulating washer.

One-piece molded acetal resin combination sleeve and washers are acceptable.

Flange Insulation Products: PSI Industries, Central Plastics Company, or equal.

INSTALLATION OF FLANGE INSULATION JOINTS Flange insulation joints shall be installed as

follows:

Insulating materials shall be verified to be of proper size and type.

Faces of flange pairs shall be cleaned of all dirt, rust or fouling materials, which would interfere with a
watertight joint or insulating properties of the flange insulation material.
Full-length insulating sleeves and insulating washers and insulating gaskets shall be as required herein.
Alignment pins shall be used to properly align the flange and gasket. The manufacturer’s recommended
bolt-tightening sequence shall be followed. Bolt insulation sleeves shall be centered within the
insulation washers so that the insulating sleeve is not compressed and cracked.
For buried insulators, the entire flange assembly and all bolts shall be covered with 20 Mils bitumastic
coal tar epoxy.
A Cathodic Protection bonding test station shall be installed at each buried insulating joint. Two test
wires shall be installed on each side of the buried insulator, in accordance with Western’s Standard
Drawings.

TESTING FLANGE INSULATING JOINTS Contractor shall retain the services of a corrosion
engineer registered in the State of California to check each insulation joint for electrical continuity and
potential after installation is completed. Test results at each insulating joint shall be recorded in a
notebook, which shall be submitted to Western upon completion of the project. If a discontinuity should
occur, the system shall be repaired and retested at the Contractor’s expense.

FOR ISOLATION PURPOSES Siphons shall be equipped with inline isolation valves at both ends. No
services shall be installed between valves and the low point of the siphon.
120
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.04.11 TESTING AND DISINFECTING SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor and material, exclusive of water, for testing and
disinfecting the pipelines. Western will furnish water used for testing, but the Contractor shall provide
the necessary means to deliver water from the designated connection to the points of use. All tests of
the piping shall be made in the presence of Western. All pipelines and appurtenances shall be
thoroughly flushed out with water prior to testing. Where deemed appropriate by Western, video
inspection of water pipelines shall be performed in the presence of the Inspector. Prior to inspection, the
equipment to be used shall be disinfected and lines shall be drained. Complete videotapes and a detailed
report of the inspection shall be furnished to Western.

TESTING PIPELINES The Contractor shall pressure test the pipeline either in sections or as a unit before
any resurfacing is done except for resurfacing at intersections which may be done prior to testing. (The
pipeline shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all of the steel cylinder pipe lengths in
the pipeline has attained at age of 14 days.) The test shall be made by placing temporary bulkheads in the
pipe where needed and filling the line slowly with water. Care shall be used to see that all air vents are
open during the filling. After the pipeline, or section thereof, has been completely filled, it shall be allowed
to stand under a slight pressure for a sufficient length of time to allow the mortar lining to absorb what
water it will and/or to allow the escape of air from any air pockets. During this period, the bulkheads,
valves, and connections shall be examined for leaks. If any are found, they shall be stopped, or in case of
leakage through valves in the pipeline or through bulkheads, provisions shall be made for measuring such
leakage during the test. The test shall consist of holding the test pressure on each section of the line
between valves or bulkheads for a period of 4 hours. The test pressure at the lowest point in the line, or in
the section of line being tested, shall be not less than 150% of the specified class pipe. The water necessary
to maintain the pressure shall be measured through a meter or by other means satisfactory to Western. The
leakage shall be considered the amount of water entering the pipeline during the test, less the measured
leakage through valves and bulkheads. This leakage shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch of diameter per
mile per 24 hours. Any noticeable leaks shall be stopped and any defective pipe shall be replaced with new
sections.

DISINFECTING Disinfection shall be accomplished by chlorination after the line has been tested for
leakage. Prior to chlorination, the pipeline shall be thoroughly flushed. A chlorine-water mixture shall be
applied by means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. The chlorine solution shall be applied at one end of
the pipeline through a tap, in such a manner that as the pipeline is filled with water the dosage applied to the
water entering the pipe shall be about 50 ppm or enough to meet the requirements herein. Care shall be
taken to prevent the strong chlorine solution in the pipeline being disinfected from flowing back into the
pipeline supplying the water.

As an alternate to that indicated above the Tablet Method as specified in AWWA Standard C651, Section
5.1 may be approved by Western when the pipeline is less than 500 feet long, less than 12 inch diameter,
and constructed as specified in AWWA Standard C651, Section 5.1. Tablet application shall be in
accordance with Table of AWWA Standard C651, Section 5.1.

Chlorinating water shall be retained in the pipeline long enough to destroy all non-spore forming
bacteria. This period shall be at least 24 hours. After the chlorine treated water has been retained for
the required time, the chlorine residual at the pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be
at least 25 ppm. This procedure shall be repeated, if necessary, until samples of water, as determined by
Western, show the pipeline to be in a sterile condition.

121
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
During the process of chlorinating the pipeline, all valves or other appurtenances shall be operated while
the pipeline is filled with the heavily chlorinated water. Care shall be exercised such that no valve shall
be opened that allows the heavily chlorinated water to enter portions of the pipelines, which are already
in service.

FINAL FLUSHING AND BACTERIOLOGIC TEST Following chlorination, all treated water shall be
thoroughly flushed from the newly laid pipe at its extremity until the replacement water throughout its
lengths shows upon test, a chlorine residual of less than one (1) mg/l. In the event chlorine is normally
used in the source of supply, the chlorine test shall indicate chlorine residual less than or equal to that
carried in the system.

Contractor shall provide all equipment and supplies for performance work and shall flush water at
locations or by procedures approved by Western. Permission and permits from regulatory agencies for
discharging water shall be obtained by the Contractor. If required, the Contractor shall (at his expense)
apply a reducing agent to the solution to neutralize residual chlorine or chloramines remaining in the
water. Flow of water shall be controlled to prevent erosion, damage to vegetation, and altering ecological
conditions. After final flushing, and before the water pipeline is placed in service, water samples shall be
taken and tested for bacteriological quality. If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory samples,
the disinfection process shall be repeated until satisfactory samples have been obtained. Once samples are
satisfactory and Western has given approval, the pipeline may be placed in service. After passing an
initial bacteriological test with a negative Coliform Test but having a high plate count, the Contractor may,
with the approval of Western, be allowed to flush using a 6” or greater connection to Western’s domestic
system.

An acceptable test shall be a negative Total Coliform 24 hour Presence/Absence Test and a standard plate
count (Heterotrophic Plate Count or HPC) of less than 100 colony-forming units (cfu) per milliliter.
Alternately a plate count of no more than 50% greater than Western’s incoming supply water to the
project area will be considered passing.

All disinfection testing shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be inspected/monitored by Western.
Bacteriologic samples will be taken by Western personnel and tested at a Western approved laboratory.

6.05 VALVES SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall be required to furnish and deliver valves as specified in these specifications and all
valves and operators shall be Class 150 or greater unless noted otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be
designed to work equally well with pressure on either side, have non-rising stems, open left
(counterclockwise). For pipelines 14" and larger, butterfly valves with gate valve by-pass lines shall be
installed in conformance with AWWA C500 Section 3.2 and Table 8. (By-pass gate valves shall be 6" for
pipelines 14" to 24", 8" for pipelines 26" to 42", and 10" for pipelines larger than 42".)

GATE VALVES All valves shall conform to the standards as set forth in the latest revision of AWWA
Standard for Gate Valves for Water and other Liquids C-509 (resilient seat). All valves shall be iron
body, bronze mounted, and resilient seat. Resilient seat valves shall have a "flow through" passage with
no depressions for the sealing disc. All gate valves, 2" - 14" shall be constructed in the vertical position.

CAST MARKING In addition to markings required by AWWA Standards C-500 and C-509, valves
shall have the manufacturer's name, the size of the valve and the working pressure cast on the side of
valves.

122
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
VALVE ENDS Valves for use with steel cylinder pipe shall be flanged on both ends. Valves for use
with PVC C-900 pipe shall have flanges both ends, push-on both ends, or a combination of one each
end. All ends shall be designed for the water pressure as specified in AWWA Standards C-500 or C-
509. Flange ends shall be drilled to the American Standard for 125# Cast Iron Flanges, flange face shall
not be raised and the flange face shall have standard machine finish. Push-on (Hub) ends shall be "Grip-
tite" or approved equal with hubs dimensioned for C.I.O.D. pipe.

STEM All valve stems shall be of bronze having a minimum tensile strength of 55,000 P.S.I. and a
yield point of not less than 40,000 P.S.I., with an elongation of not less than 10 percent in 2 inches.
Heat treatment will be permitted to develop these requirements. All bronze shall contain not more than
7 per cent zinc or more than 2 per cent aluminum. Stem seals shall consist of a minimum of two "O"-
rings above the stem collar under full working water pressure with the valves in full open position.

OPERATING MECHANISM All valves unless otherwise specified shall be provided with a 2" square
operating nut with a cast arrow showing directing in which the nut is to be turned to open the valve.
AWWA Standard C-500 Section 3.12 and Standard C-509 Section 4.7 shall be amended by this
requirement to limit the number of turns to a maximum of five over the minimum number specified in
Table 5 and Table 3 respectively.

GEARS Where required by the sizing table above, valves shall be equipped with gears of the totally
enclosed type in conformance with AWWA Standard C500, and suitable for installation of the valve
underground. All parts requiring lubrication shall be provided with Alemite grease fittings.

INDICATORS When required on the supplemental specifications, valves shall be equipped with
indicators to show the position of the gates. The indicator mechanism shall be made of bronze or other
non-corrodible metal throughout, except for the case that may be cast iron.

HORIZONTAL VALVES (DOUBLE DISC VALVES) Double square bottom construction (double
disc) valves are not approved.

DOUBLE SQUARE BOTTOM CONSTRUCTION (DOUBLE DISC) VALVES Double square

bottom construction (double disc) valves are not approved.

RESILIENT WEDGE AND SEAT Resilient seated gate valves shall test "bubble tight" with zero
leakage allowed. Resilient coating of the gate shall be fusion bonded to prevent future separations.

RUBBER SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVE Butterfly valves shall meet the provision of AWWA
Specification C-504 for rubber-seated, tight-closing valves. Operators shall be sized as recommended
by the manufacturer. Buried operators shall be equipped with a two-inch square operating nut and shall
be waterproof and suitable for burial. Contractor shall coordinate pipe fabrication to insure free
movement of valve disc. All valves shall have their internal and external surfaces (except stainless steel
parts, rubber surfaces, and flange faces) epoxy coated, with a minimum of 10 mils of holiday free
Keysite 750, (white) epoxy, or Western approved equal, or Shop applied by manufacturer at his plant
with Keysite 750 (white) epoxy (10 Mils min.).

VALVE MANUFACTURER The name of the manufacturer of the valves to be furnished by the Contractor
shall be listed on the APPROVED MATERIALS LIST (Section 7.0).

GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship of valves furnished under
these specifications shall be free from defects for a period of one-year after final completion and

123
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
acceptance of the entire contract work. The Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials or
workmanship found to be deficient with respect to any provisions of this specification.

6.06 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS

6.06.01 GENERAL

The work included in this section consists of the furnishings of all labor, materials, apparatus,
scaffolding, and all appurtenant work in connection with painting. In no case shall any concrete, wood,
metal, or any other surface requiring protection be left unpainted even though not specifically defined
herein. All paints and coatings shall be in compliance with all South Coast Air Quality Management
District requirements including volatile organic chemicals (VOC). The Contractor shall take the
necessary steps to protect the work of others during the time his work is in progress. The Contractor
shall be responsible for any and all damage to the work. Motors, pumps, and other equipment that
might be damaged by sandblasting and that are furnished with approved, factory-applied finish shall be
solvent cleaned, lightly sanded, and given one (1) coat of painting system “P2” per Section 2.01 herein.
Western shall be the final judge as to which equipment the above requirement applies. Color shall be
as determined by Western.

6.06.02 MATERIALS

PAINT - All materials specified by name and/or manufacturer, or selected for use under these
specifications shall be delivered unopened at the job site in their original containers and shall not be
opened until inspected by Western. Whenever a manufacturer’s brand name is specified, it is intended
to define the general type and quality of paint desired. Other paints of equal quality may be used only
with written approval of Western. No paint, varnish, or stain shall be reduced or applied in any way,
except as herein specifically called for or if not specifically called for, then it shall be applied in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

POWDER EXPOXY - Epoxy shall be applied as a powder to heated metal either by Electrostatic
Method or by Heat Fusion Method, as specified herein.

A. Electrostatic Method: The powder shall be applied to the heated, grounded metal part
which has been electrostatically charged by means of a current of approximately 400
volts. After application of the epoxy, the part shall be reheated as specified by the
manufacturer. Particular care shall be taken to protect non-ferrous masked parts. The
finished product shall be carefully examined for epoxy interference on working parts.

B. Heat Fushion Method: The powder shall be applied to the heated, grounded metal part
which has been electrostatically charged by means of a current of approximately 1 1/2
amperes at approximately 400 volts. After application of the epoxy, the part shall be
reheated as specified by the manufacturer. Particular care shall be taken to protect non-
ferrous masked parts. The finished product shall be carefully examined for epoxy
interference on working parts.

C. Thickness of Coating: The minimum dry coating thickness shall be 8 mils provided,
however, that the thickness of coating in the grooves for valves of fittings designed to
receive a rubber gasket shall be approximately 5 mils.

124
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
 LIQUID EPOXY - Where the size of the valve or other item is too large to be coated by
the powder epoxy method, it shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements
specified herein and coatings shall conform to the following requirements.

A. Thickness of Coating: The epoxy shall be applied in 2-5 spray coats to a

minimum dry film thickness of 8 mils.

B. Application and Cure: The first coat of liquid epoxy shall be spray applied to
the prepared surface within four (4) hours after completion of sandblasting.
All items to be coated with the epoxy to be applied shall be at a minimum
temperature of 50° F and a maximum surface temperature of 100° F at time of
application. The first coat shall be air-dried with adequate ventilation for five
(5) days at a minimum temperature of 65° F.

6.06.03 COLOR SELECTION

All color sections shall be subject to approval of submittals by Western.

6.06.04 PRIMER AND INTERMEDIATE COATS

Primer and intermediate coats of paint shall be unscarred and completely integral at the time of
application of each succeeding coat. Each coat shall be subject to the inspection and approval of
Western before the next succeeding coat is applied, and defective work of any kind shall be deemed
sufficient cause for recoating the entire surface involved.

Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to insure proper drying, unless these specifications or
manufacturer’s recommendations specifically state otherwise. Excessive time or exposure between
coats shall not occur in cases where such excessive time or exposure will impair the bond between
coats.

6.06.05 SUBMITTALS

Submit samples of field-applied paint and coating finishes, colors, and covering at least 60 days prior to
start of such finishing operations.

6.06.06 IDENTIFICATION

Label or tag each sample or set of samples identifying the manufacturer’s name and address, brand
name, catalog number, project title, and intended use.

6.06.07 COLORS, PATTERNS, AND TEXTURES

For items required to be of selected and approved colors, patterns, textures, or other finish, submit
sufficient samples to show the range of shades, tones, values, patterns, textures, or other features
corresponding to the instructions and requirements specified.

6.06.08 FACTORY FINISH COLORS

Colors of material specified to be furnished with a factory finish are subject to approval. Submit
duplicate samples of factory finishes showing the full range of available colors for selection and
approval.
125
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.06.09 PROTECTIVE COATING MATERIALS

P1 Alkyd-rust-inhibitive primer Devoe Bar-Ox 461

Kop-Coat/Carboline Rustarmor AD29
Tnemec 4-55

P2 Alkyd finish Devoe Bar-Ox 450

Kop-Coat/Carboline 500 VOC
Tnemec 2 H

P3 Rubber primer Polyken Plicoflex

P4 PVC 20-mil tape Polyken tape

Plicoflex tape

P5 Coal Tar Epoxy Devoe Devtar 5A

Kop-Coat/Carboline 300M
Tnemec 46 H-413

P6 Coal Tar Mastic Tnemec 46-450 Heavy

Kop-Coat/Carboline Bitumastic 50

P7 Universal Primer Tnemec Chem-Prime P37-77

Devoe Bar-Ox P-50

P8 Grease Chevron E.P. Roller

Grease or Texaco
Rust Inhibitive Grease

P9 Heat Resistant Silcone Tnemec 39-1261

Aluminum (up to 1200° F)
Devoe HT-12 High
Heat Silicone Coating

P10 Vinyl Wash Primer Devoe Vy-Kote 443

Kop-Coat/Carboline 30
Tnemec 32-1210

P11 Epoxy Coating - Powder 3M Scotchkote 134

Dow DC 3100
Furane 2611

P12 Epoxy Coating - Liquid Keysite 750(White)

(EPA Approved) Tnemec 20(White)
Devoe Bar-Rust 235
P13 Waterproofing Regular Rainguard
Regular Penetreat-50
Rainproof

126
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
P14 Acrylic Latex Prufcoat-Prufacryl 556 Series
Devoe 12YY

P15 Epoxy Coating - Liquid Plasite 7156

150°F+

127
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.06.10 CHART - SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING THICKNESS
MIN. TOTAL DRY
SURFACE FIRST SECOND THIRD FILM THICKNESS
ITEM PREPARATION COAT COAT COAT (MILS)
1. Ferrous Metal Surfaces
A. Exposed SP6 P1 P2 P2 6.0
B. Submerged SP10 P5 P5 -- 24.0
C. Underground SP3 P6 P6 -- 32.0
D. Subject to High
Temp. (300°+F) SP6 P9 P9 -- 2.0
E. Wearing Surfaces None P8 -- -- 50.0
2. Steel Pipe
A. Interior (if not CML) SP10 P12 P12 P12(1)
B. Exterior/Buried (if
concrete encased) SP3 P1 -- --
3.0
C. Exterior/Buried (if not
CMC or concrete encased) (coated and wrapped per current AWWA C-203)
D. Exterior/Above Grade SP6 P1 P2 P2 6.0
E. Interior/150°+F SP10 P15 P15 -- 12.0
3. Ferrous Metal Valves
A. Exterior (AS DESCRIBED FOR ITEM 1)
B. Interior SP10 P11 or P11 or -- 10.0
P12 P12 -- 12.0
4. Black Steel Pipe (Buried) SP3 P3 P4 -- 40.0

5. Galvanized Surfaces
A. Coated in addition to galv. SP3 P10 P2 P2 6.0
Acid Wash &
Wash Prime
B. Buried SP3 P3 P4 -- 40.0
6. Structural Steel
A. Shop Primed SP6 P1 P2 P2 6.0
B. Not Shop Primed SP6 P1 P2 P2 6.0
7. Mech. Equip. w/Factory Finish Spot
A. Field Applied Touch-up SP2 P1 P2 -- ----(2)
_____________________________
(1) Where required by manufacturer to meet minimum DFT requirement. (2) Thickness to be same as for service exposure of adjacent surfaces.

128
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision Date: 6-12-07
6.06.11 COLOR AND PAINT SCHEDULE

PROCESS DESCRIPTIVE MANUFACTURERS’

SYSTEM COLOR CODING COLOR DESIGNATION

All exposed Per Western Submit to Western

Piping Standards

6.06.12 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING

PIPING SYSTEMS - Identification of piping systems shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
A13.1, “Scheme for the Identification of Piping System”, unless otherwise specified herein.

COLOR IDENTIFICATION - All exposed and/or unburied pipe, other than unit suction and discharge
piping, including tubing, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe and fiberglass reinforced pipe, shall
be painted “Desert Sands” with color bands of an approved tape type. PVC, FRP, stainless steel pipe
and all other pipe not readily receptive to a painted finish may be left natural. Markers shall be
adhesive type with extra strength and suitable for continuous duty at 250°. All markers shall have a
protective silicone film.

Each utility shall be clearly labeled with 1” high lettering on piping 2” in diameter and large; on pipes
1/2” to 2” in diameter the lettering height shall be 1/2 of the pipe diameter; on piping/tubing smaller
than 1/2” diameter. A sheet metal band shall be formed around the pipe and extend 1” beyond on front
and back to form a “Flag”. The sheet metal “Flag Band” shall be made of a material that is not
detrimental to the host piping. The front and back “Flag” shall be riveted together at each end to affix
permanently to the host pipe. The lettering height on the “Flag” shall be 1/2”.

PROCESS COLOR CODE BAND

SYSTEM (TNEMEC COLOR DESIGNATION) LABEL

Air, Low Pressure Light Green (AU52) Compressed Air

(as approp.) psig

Air, High Pressure Light Green (AU52) Compressed Air

(Over 50 psi) w/Yellow Bands (BV57) (as approp.) psig

Gas & LPG Light Yellow (BV57) Gas

Wash Water Red (CC13) Wash Water

Potable Water Pale Blue (BB42) Water

Supply Oil Lines Light Gray (BG62) Supply Oil

Drain Oil Lines Dark Gray (BD22) Drain Oil

Engine Cooling Lines Orange (BX36) Engine Cooling Water

Western reserves the right to make modifications to the color identifications schedule outlined above.

Contractor shall submit color charts to Western for approval.

129
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
6.06.13 PREPARATION

PAINT

A. Surface Preparation: The Contractor shall examine carefully all surfaces to be finished
and before beginning any of his work shall see that the work of the other trades has been
left or installed in a workmanlike condition to receive paint. Metals shall be clean, dry,
and free from mill scale, rust, grease, and oil.

Except as otherwise provided, all preparation of metal surfaces shall be in accordance

with Specifications SP-1 through SP-10 of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC).
Grease and oil shall be removed by wiping with mineral spirits or naphtha per
Specification SP-1. Rust, scale, welding slag, and spatter shall be removed by wiping
with mineral spirits or naptha per Specification SP-1. Rust, scale, welding slag, and
spatter shall be removed and the surface prepared by hand tool cleaning, power tool
cleaning, or blast cleaning in accordance with the appropriate Specification SP-2 through
SP-10.

B. Mixing: Paint containers shall be opened only when required for use. Paint shall be
mixed only in designated rooms or spaces in the presence of Western. Paint shall be
thoroughly stirred or agitated to uniformly smooth consistency suitable for proper
application. In all cases, paint shall be prepared and handled in a manner to prevent
deterioration and inclusion of foreign matter.

EPOXY COATINGS - All oil and grease shall be removed from the metal by caustic degreasing or
steam cleaning. The surface shall be sandblasted to near-white metal in accordance with SSPC-SP10.
In order to obtain maximum adhesion of epoxy coating, the grit used for blasting shall be coarse
enough to impact a tooth in the metal equal to 25% of the thickness of the coating to be applied. The
metal shall be cleaned, after sandblasting, with clean, dry compressed air. Use of rags to remove
residual dust after sandblasting will not be permitted.

POWDER EPOXY - Where the size of the valve or other item is not too large, it shall be coated by the
powder epoxy method. Application of powder epoxy shall conform to the following requirements:

PREHEATING - Areas that are not to be coated shall be masked using 500° F. Masking tape, similar to
Permacel, as by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company. The part to be coated shall be placed
in an oven and preheated to the temperature specified by the epoxy manufacturer. An accurate
temperature-measuring device such as a pyrometer shall be used to determine the substrate temperature.

6.06.14 VENTILATION

The Contractor shall not permit painting to begin in enclosed places until a forced draft ventilation
system of sufficient air volume has been placed in operation.

130
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
6.06.15 APPLICATION OF PAINT

The applicator of the paint shall have had past experience in applying the type or types of coatings and
under similar conditions that he will be required to meet in this contract. The Contractor shall verify
the paint applicator’s qualifications before subcontracting the work to him.

No painting shall be done under dusty conditions, during or immediately after a rain, during rainy
weather, or when the temperature is less than 50° F.

Except that prime coats shall be applied by brush and well worked into the surface, paint may be
applied by brush, roller, trowel, or spray, unless the manufacturer’s recommendations or these
specifications call for some particular type of application.

Where spray application is used, each coat of paint shall be applied to a thickness equivalent to a brush
coat application at coverage not greater than that specified by the manufacturer for a brush coat
application.

All work shall be done in a workmanlike manner, leaving the finished surfaces free from drops, waves,
holidays, laps, or brush marks. Drop cloths and other coverings shall be so placed at all times as to
protect floors and other surface from spatter and droppings. Hardware, plates, lighting fixtures,
nameplates, and similar articles, which are not to be painted, shall be masked off or removed
completely. After completion of painting, any spatter or droppings shall be removed.

The number of coats specified is the minimum to be applied. Suction spots between coats shall be
touched up, and additional coats shall be provided if required to produce a finished surface of solid,
even color, free from defects. The total thickness of the coating shall be as specified. Additional coats
of paint shall be added if necessary to bring the total thickness up to not less than that specified. No
holidays shall be left.

Particular care shall be used to assure that the specified coverage is secured on the edges and corners of
all surfaces. Additional brush coats shall be applied if necessary to cover the edges and corners. The
Contractor shall control and check the dry film thickness of the coatings on metal surfaces with a
correctly calibrated thickness meter and shall check for holidays with a low-voltage holiday detector.
Western may use the Contractor’s meter and detector for additional checking.

Damaged paint or scratched painted surfaces shall be sanded smooth before repainting. Sanding areas
to be repainted shall be done to such a degree and in such a manner that all evidence of the scratches or
damages are obscured.

6.06.16 CLEAN UP

Upon completion of his work, the painting Contractor shall remove his surplus materials. All paint
spills shall be removed and the entire premises shall be free from rubbish, debris, etc., caused by his
work. He shall present the work clean and free from blemish so that it is acceptable in every way.

6.06.17 PAINT TO BE PROVIDED TO WESTERN

At the end of the project, the Contractor shall turn over to Western a gallon can of each type and color
of paint, primer, thinner, or other coating used in the field painting. If the manufacturer packages the
material concerned in gallon cans, then it shall be delivered in unopened labeled cans as it comes from

131
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
the factory. If the manufacturer does not package the material in gallon cans, and in the case of special
colors, the materials shall be delivered in new gallon containers, properly closed with typed labels
indicating brand, type, color, etc. The manufacturer’s literature describing the materials and giving
directions for their use shall be furnished in three (3) bound copies. A typewritten inventory list shall
be furnished at the time of delivery.

6.06.18 WARRANTY INSPECTION

Warranty inspections shall be conducted during the eleventh (11th) month following completion of all
coating work. All personnel present at the pre-job conference shall be present at this inspection. All
defective work shall be repaired in strict accordance with this specification and to the satisfaction of
Western.

6.07 SEWER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

6.07.01 GENERAL

These specifications for construction are for use by the Contractor when installing sewerage systems
within Western Municipal Water District (Western).

These specifications are intended to be used in conjunction with the Standard Specifications for Public
Works construction, latest edition, (herein referred to as the "Green Book"), and all requirements of
applicable Codes and Regulations from the State of California Department of Health Services regarding
the construction phase of sanitary sewerage systems. Western should be consulted for any
modifications or deviations from these Specifications.

Certain work in connection with tying into existing sewers and manholes may require the temporary
handling of sewage either by temporary bypass lines, pumping, bulk heading at low flows, or other
means, to be approved by Western. Sewage so diverted shall be handled in a manner so as not to create
a public nuisance or health hazard. Bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater to surface
waters, drainage courses, or storm drains will not be permitted.

6.07.02 MATERIALS

All material shall be new and conform to, or exceed, the standard for each type of pipe, fitting,
manhole, etc. as required by this specification and shall be from the Approved Materials List, (Section
7.0)

SEWER PIPE Unless otherwise approved by Western, all sewers shall be extra strength Vitrified Clay
Pipe (VCP) and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 "Specifications for Extra Strength
Vitrified Clay Pipe), the "Green Book" 207-8, 208-2, and the requirement specified herein.

All Vitrified Clay Pipe shall be subject to the Bearing Strength Tests and hydrostatic pressure tests
described in ASTM C-301. Western may select at random and test one length of pipe for each 200
lengths of pipe (or fraction thereof) delivered to the project site.

Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall be used only in special circumstances and only when approved in
writing by Western.

132
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
JOINTS for Vitrified Clay Pipe shall be made up using a factory-made mechanical or compression joint
meeting the requirements of ASTM C-425 "Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe Joints Using Material
Having Resilient Properties".

FITTINGS Vitrified Clay Pipe fittings shall include branches of every type and stoppers. These
fittings shall conform to these specifications, ASTM C-301, and shall equal or exceed the pipe in
quality. Branches shall be of the type called for on the plan and standard drawings and shall be
securely and completely fastened to the barrel of the pipe in the process of manufacture.

Stoppers shall be strong enough to sustain all applied earth and hydrostatic tests or air testing. Stoppers
shall be capable, unbraced, of remaining in place when subjected an air pressure up to 5 psi

MANHOLES shall be constructed of precast concrete manhole sections with a minimum wall thickness
of 6 inches. Manholes, manhole covers, and frames shall conform to the specification shown on
Western’s Standard Drawings.

CLEANOUTS Where approved, cleanouts shall conform to Western’s Standard Drawings.

BACKFLOW VALVES Where required by the plans or specified by Western, sewer backflow valves
shall be installed. These valves shall conform to Western’s Standard Drawings.

6.07.03 WARRANTY

The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire work constructed and all materials furnished will meet all
the requirements specified herein. This warranty shall include both the quality of the workmanship and
the materials used as well as that of subContractors and suppliers.

The Contractor shall agree to make at any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective
materials or workmanship in the pipe materials supplied which have become evident within one-year
after date of recording Notice-of-Completion, and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of
these specifications, including the test requirements, any part of the sewer system which during said
one year period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this specification. The
Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders for same
from Western or if in the event the repair work must be performed by Western, shall reimburse
Western for actual labor, equipment and material expenses incurred to perform such corrective work.
If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacements promptly, Western may do the work, and the
Contractor shall be liable to Western for the cost thereof as described above.

6.07.04 SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION

Installation of all sewer pipeline materials required for the construction of sewer collection systems
shall be in accordance with all provisions of these specifications including ASTM C-12 - Installing
Vitrified Clay Pipelines, (Section 6.01) Construction Methods, (Section 6.02) Earthwork, (Section
6.03) Concrete, Western’s Standard Drawings (Section 6.02) the Approved Materials List (Section
7.0), and in accordance with the manufacturers specifications and applicable published standards unless
modified herein. Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert at 1-800-422-4133 at least 2
working days prior to construction to locate potential utility interference in the project right-of-way.

Western will provide an Inspector for inspection of sewer pipeline construction work. The Inspector
will check for compliance with Western requirements for sewer pipeline construction, but will not have
the responsibility for checking survey work (horizontal and vertical control) nor installed quantities of
133
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
pipe. Western’s Inspector is Not a Safety Inspector and is not responsible for enforcing compliance
with OSHA or other safety requirements. Jobsite safety is not Western’s responsibility and Western
does not accept any liability connected with the construction.

Installation requiring connection to existing Western facilities must be done as shown on Western’s
Standard Drawings and under continuous inspection by Western. Any existing sewer pipeline
damaged by such work will be completely removed and replaced as directed by Western’s Inspector.

Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot ends of bell-and-spigot pipe pointing in the direction
of flow. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade and in such a manner as to form a close
concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure safe
installation of the pipe in an undamaged condition. Pipe which is damaged after installation shall be
removed and replaced.

At all times when the work of installing sewer pipeline is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and
the ends of the pipe in the trench shall be kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign
materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating due to
water entering the trench from any source. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any
damage due to any cause and shall restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if it
is damaged during construction. The pipe sections shall be installed in the trench to true alignment and
grade in accordance with the plans and these specifications. Exceptional care shall be taken in placing
the pipe and making the field joint. All pipe shall be installed without break, up-grade from structure to
structure, with the socket (bell) ends of the pipe up-grade

Pipe shall be installed true to line and grade with a uniform bearing under the full length of the barrel
of the pipe. Suitable excavation shall be made to receive the socket (bell) of each pipe section. All
adjustments to line and grade must be made by scraping away or tamping earth under the body of the
pipe, and not by wedging or blocking up the spigot. Pipe shall be installed only in dry trenches.

Unless waived by Western, metallic locater tape 2 inches wide shall be placed in the trenches of all
mains and laterals for future pipeline locating. The tape shall be placed at least 6 feet above the pipe
but no deeper than 4 feet below final grade.

Where sewer lines are placed crossing above existing waterlines, ductile iron pipe with hot dip
bituminous coating shall be used 10 feet on each side of the waterline (or suitable concrete encasement
in accordance with State Health Department requirements).

Curved sewers (vertical and horizontal) shall be avoided where practical alignments are available, pipe
sections for curved sewers shall be chosen by the Contractor based on the required radius called out on
the plans in conjunction with the manufacturers recommendations. Curved sewers shall be constructed
to exceed or equal the minimum radius specified in the manufacturers recommendations. Vertical
curves are discouraged and require specific written approval by Western.

Pipe bedding and pipe placement shall be in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings. All pipe
shall be "shaded" (with granular material having a sand equivalent of at least 30) to at least 12 inches
over the pipes and prior to placing backfill. Backfill shall be placed to at least 3 feet below finished
grades and compacted to a minimum 85% relative compaction or to the compaction level required by
the local agency having jurisdiction, which ever is greater.

The upper 3 feet shall be compacted to a minimum 90% relative compaction or to the compaction level
required by the local agency having jurisdiction, which ever is greater.
134
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Before final acceptance of sewer facilities or prior to putting any sewer on line, all sewer facilities shall
be flushed with water and "balled" or cleaned by acceptable method prior to final air testing to ensure
that all dirt, debris, and obstructions are removed from the system. After cleaning and backfill
compaction the Contractor shall provide a video inspection of the sewer lines by a Western approved
firm experienced in performing sewer system services. The video inspection shall be performed in the
presence of the Inspector. Complete videotapes and a detailed report of the inspection shall be
furnished to Western.

6.07.05 TESTING OF SEWER LINE INSTALLATIONS

All tests for exfiltration from, and infiltration into, the system shall be in accordance with Section 306-
1.4 of the Green Book except as modified herein.

If leakage of infiltration, as shown in the tests, exceeds the standards set forth in said section, the
Contractor shall take any actions necessary to correct the deficiencies. All tests must be completed
before the street or trench is resurfaced with permanent pavement, but after complete installation and
trench compaction of all facilities within a particular section between manholes.

The air test specified herein, unless otherwise directed by Western, shall be used by the Contractor to
test all sewers. The air test shall be in accordance with Section 306-1.4.4 of the Green Book, except as
herein modified.

Air shall be introduced into the pipeline until 3-1/2 PSIG pres-sure has been reached, at which time the
flow of air to the pipe shall be shut off. After the temperature has stabilized the air pressure shall be
permitted to drop and, when the internal pres-sure has reached 3.0 PSIG, the time lapse required for the
air pressure to drop to 2.0 PSIG shall be measured. The time lapse (in seconds) required for the air
pressure to decrease from 3.0 to 2.0 PSIG shall be more than that given in the following table:

SEWER PIPE DIAMETER MINIMUM TIME LAPSE (SEC)

8" 140
10" 170
12" 200
15” 260
18" 310
21" 360
24" 410
27" 460
30" 510
33" 560
36" 610

If the time lapse exceeds that shown in the table, the pipe shall be presumed to be within acceptable
limits; if the time lapse is less, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections to reduce the
leakage to acceptable limits.

The water infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the air test where ground water conditions are
encountered and the water level prior to any pumping or dewatering operations is above the top of the
proposed sewer pipeline. The water infiltration test shall be in accordance with Section 306-1.4.3 of
the Green Book, except as herein modified.

135
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
The infiltration shall not exceed ten (10) gallons per day per thousand (1000) feet of sewer, per inch of
pipe diameter. The test shall be run for a minimum period of two (2) hours.

If ground water conditions are such that the ground water level is between the flow line of the proposed
sewer pipeline and the top of the pipe, both the air test and the water infiltration test shall be conducted.
In such cases, the section of pipe being tested shall be deemed acceptable only if it passes both the air
test and the water infiltration test.

All sewer force mains shall be water pressure tested in accordance with Section 306-1.4.5 of the Green
Book.

6.07.06 MANHOLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING

Manholes shall be constructed using precast manhole section unless other methods are specifically
approved in writing by Western. Precast manhole sections shall conform to the size, shape, form and
details shown on Western’s Standard Drawings. Shop drawings for precast manholes shall be
submitted by the Contractor to Western for approval prior to installation. All precast units shall meet
the strength requirements for "pre-cast concrete manhole risers and tops", ASTM C478. Precast
sections shall be set in a bed of grout so as to make a watertight joint with the base. Manholes shall be
set perfectly plumb and all grout neatly pointed. Different height sections may be used in constructing
the manhole in order to bring the manhole ring and cover to the desired elevation shown on the plans.
The manhole shall be constructed so that there is not less than 12" or more than 20" of throat section
between the top of the cone and the bottom of the frame.

Precast rings are to be joined with a minimum thickness of 1/2" of Portland Cement mortar. Mortar for
joining ring sections shall be composed of not less than one part Portland Cement to two parts of clean,
well-graded sand of such size that all will pass a No. 8 sieve. Mortar sand shall conform to the strength
requirements specified for mortar strength under ASTM C87.

Manhole bases shall be constructed of "Class A" concrete poured against native undisturbed material
and to the form and dimensions shown on Western’s Standard Drawings. If excavations beyond the
required vertical dimension are made during construction, the depth of concrete below the invert of the
pipe shall be increased beyond the 9-inch minimum as necessary to meet the invert with the
undisturbed excavation. Placement of compacted fill to the desired grade in lieu of concrete will not be
allowed.

Concrete shall be poured to a level ring-section seating surface with the base centered over the sewer
intersection unless otherwise specified. A metal forming ring shall be used to form a level joint groove
in the manhole base, which will join with the first precast section to form a watertight joint. Base
inverts (channel) shall be formed in the field using forms with width and depth equal to the diameter of
the sewer pipeline. Channels shall be finished smooth with constant slope from inlet to outlet (at least
2 inches across base). A 2-foot Vitrified Clay Pipe joint (with-out bell) of the same inside diameter as
the adjoining pipe shall be placed at the inlet and outlet to each manhole or structure with at least one
foot of pipe extending outside of the manhole ring The floor of the manhole shall slope at least 2"
from the sides of the manhole to the open channel. All concrete used to construct the manhole base
shall achieve the specified compressive strength prior to installation of the precast sections.

Manhole frames and covers shall be in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings. All frames and
covers shall be traffic strength and shall be monogrammed with the letters "WMWD SEWER".
Manhole frame and covers shall not be set to final grade until final paving has been completed.
Elevations to which frames and covers are to be constructed shall conform to the construction plans.
136
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Where the cover is in an existing road shoulder or other unpaved area, it shall be placed flush with the
existing surface or as specified on the plans or by Western. Manhole frames shall be secured to the
upper precast section with a grout bed and filled as shown on the detail drawing.

Once the manhole has been completely constructed and the covers installed, cleaning and scraping of
foreign materials from the frames, covers, interior walls and base shall be done to ensure a satisfactory
fit.

Drop manholes shall be constructed in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings. All materials
and construction of drop manholes shall conform in all respects to the applicable provisions of the
above specifications with modifications for the addition of drop inlets as set forth in the detail drawing.
The inside diameter of the drop inlet pipe and channel shall be the same diameter as the intercepted
sewer.

Cleanouts shall be constructed in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings.

The Contractor shall make connections to existing manholes at the location and elevation shown on the
plans. Where new flow-through channels have to be cut in the existing manhole base, they shall be cut
so that the resulting section is smooth and conforms to the intended shape. The Contractor shall make
necessary provisions to keep pieces of concrete and debris out of the sewer. Deviation from form and
grade shall not be greater than 1/4 inch. The channel surface shall be smoothed with epoxy mortar.
The new VCP sewer pipeline (not to exceed 24" in length) shall be firmly embedded in epoxy grout
where it joins the existing manhole. Where holes are required in existing manhole walls for new or
revamped connections, the Contractor will be required to use coring type equipment.

Upon completion, manholes shall be tested for leakage using either of the following test methods:

Ground water conditions - Infiltration Test All manholes in areas where groundwater exists over the
top of the pipe shall be water tested. All pumping of ground water shall be discontinued for at least
three (3) days, after which the manhole shall be tested for infiltration. The inlet(s) and outlet of each
manhole shall be plugged and any infiltrated water shall be collected in the manhole and measured.

Dry conditions - Exfiltration test where no groundwater exists, approximately one (1) of every ten (10)
manholes, as directed by Western, shall be water tested. Each manhole shall be filled with water 4 feet
0 inches above the flow line of the manhole with the inlet(s) and outlet of each manhole plugged.

The maximum allowable leakage rate for each type test shall be ten (10) gallons per hour per manhole
as tested for a period of thirty (30) minutes (minimum). Where test results indicate that the allowable
leakage is exceeded, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs in order to reduce the leakage to
acceptable limits.

6.07.07 SEWER LATERALS INSTALLATION

Laterals of the proper size specified on the plans shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans
and shall end at the property line of the lot served. The exact location may be determined in the field
by Western's Inspectors. The Contractor shall field reference each lateral connection with a surface
marker and record the sewer main station for the As-built documentation.

Tees and wyes shall be of the same material as the sewer main. Tees and wyes of the proper size
shown on the plans shall be installed at approximately the locations shown on the plans. The exact
location will be determined in the field by Western and shall be referenced by the Contractor with a

137
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
stake or suitable surface marker. A suitable plug shall be provided and installed prior to backfilling
operations to ensure watertight joints.

Sewer laterals shall be installed per Western’s Standard Drawings. In no case shall any lateral be
constructed at less than a 2% slope unless specifically shown on the plans and approved by Western.
Sewer laterals shall be constructed a minimum distance of 5 feet from water service lines and pass at
least 4 inches beneath them.

Unless otherwise approved by Western, any required saddle connections to existing mains shall be
made with an approved sewer tapping machine or apparatus in accordance with Western’s Standard
Drawings. The Contractor shall submit his proposed method for tapping. Western may also require the
Contractor to provide the manufacturer's tapping equipment descriptions for its review. Under no
circumstances will such connections be made by "knocking out" openings in the existing main. Pipe
sections damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

Once curb and gutter has been placed, an "S" imprint shall be chiseled on the curb face at each service
lateral location.

6.07.08 CONCRETE FOR SEWER SYSTEMS

Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement (Type II or V as appropriate) natural hard rock
aggregates, and water proportioned to produce required strength and well mixed into required
consistency.

Portland Cement concrete for manhole bases, cradles, encasements, thrust blocks and structures shall be
composed of Portland Cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and water proportioned and mixed in
accordance with the requirements of Section 90 of the State Highway Standard Specifications, except
as may be herein modified.

Concrete for manhole bases, cradles and encasements, and all other concrete structures, shall be
constructed to the lines and grades and in accordance with the design shown in the details on the plans,
and current Western’s Standard Drawings

Prior to placing any concrete, the Contractor shall submit to Western the design mix proposed to be
used. Said mix shall set forth the weights of cement, sand, coarse aggregate and the amount of water to
be used. (Source of supply shall also be furnished to Western.) The proposed mix shall be approved by
Western prior to placing concrete.

PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CLASSIFICATION

CONCRETE CLASS 28 DAY COMP STRENGTH SACKS CEMENT/CY
"A" 3,000 PSI 6
"B" 2,500 PSI 5
"C" 2,000 PSI 4
"D" 4,000 PSI 7

The amount of free water used in concrete shall not exceed 312 pounds per cubic yard, plus 20 pounds
for each required 100 pounds of cement in excess of 564 per cubic yard.

Class "B" Concrete shall be used for encasements as specified on the plans or as required by Western’s
Inspector to remedy unforeseen field conditions.
138
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
At the locations shown on the sewer plans, and in accordance with the details shown on the plans or
detail drawing, the Contractor shall construct reinforced concrete encasement around the sewer carrier
pipe. Concrete for reinforced concrete encasement shall be Class "A". Reinforcing steel (unless
otherwise indicated) shall be No. 4 bar, billet steel having a minimum yield point of 60,000 PSI,
formed and spaced as shown on the plans or the detail drawing.

6.07.09 STEEL CASINGS FOR SEWER INSTALLATIONS

Steel casing shall be continuously butt-welded of sheets conforming to ASTM specification A-283.
Casing construction shall be either by open trench or by jacking. If jacked installation is performed,
construction shall be in accordance with the specifications herein for jacked steel casing.

The casing pipe shall have a steel thickness not less than ¼ inch with a yield strength of 35,000 psi min.
Steel casing pipe of the minimum size and thickness specified shall be installed in place by jacking and
boring methods, without the use of water or air, at the locations shown on the plans, and to grades
required to install the carrier pipe at its required grade. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility for
selecting a size of casing, at or above the minimum specified, in order that the installation may be done
with a sufficient degree of accuracy. Any and all increased costs resulting from the Contractor’s use of
steel casing pipe with greater diameter or thickness than the minimum specified shall be borne by the
Contractor. Carrier pipe conforming to these specifications for the designed pipe shall be installed
within the casing pipe to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The carrier pipe shall be supported
within the casing on steel casing insulators with the following minimum properties:

F. Band width shall be 8” for nominal 12” diameter pipe and 12” for 16” nominal diameter and larger.
Band shall be minimum 14” gauge (.074”) steel, hot rolled and pickled and manufactured in two
halves.
G. The liner shall be of polyvinyl chloride, with a minimum thickness of .090” and a durometer of
“A” 55.90. The linear shall have a minimum dielectric strength of 57,000 V. (1/8” thick) and a
maximum water absorption of 1%.
H. The runners shall be manufactured of 2” wide glass reinforced plastic moulded under high
pressure. Height of runners to be appropriate to center carrier pipe in casing. Runners shall be 7”
long for 8” steel band width an 11” long for 12” band width and shall have the following minimum
qualities.

Material Specifications: Rockwell hardness (M) – (ASTM D785) – 90

Tensile strength - (ASTM D638) – 17,600 psi

Flexural strength - (ASTM D790) – 25,300 psi

Compression strength - (ASTM D695) – 18,000 psi

(10% deformation)

Deflection temp. @ 264 psi - (ASTM D648) - 405°F (250°C)

Deformation under load

(@ 122°F (50°C) – 2,000 lb. load) - (ASTM D621) – 1.2%

139
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Minimum number of runners per band shall be:

4” through 14” diameter – 2 top, 2 bottom

16” through 36” diameter – 2 top, 4 bottom

I. Insulators shall be arranged within the casing as follows: The first insulator at each end of casing
shall be maximum 1’ from the end of casing. The second insulator shall be 5’ from end of casing.
The remainder of the casing length shall have insulators distributed throughout at a maximum
spacing of 15’ O.C.
J. The insulators shall be as manufactured Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc. (psi) or District approved
equal.

The ends of the steel casing shall be sealed with synthetic rubber casing end seals with a minimum
thickness of 1/8” and secured with stainless steel bands and clamps. End seals shall maintain the
casing pipe in a watertight condition. The end seals shall be as manufactured by Pipeline Seal &
Insulator, Inc. or District approved equal. The annular space between the seal casings and carrier pipe
shall be left empty.

Voids, which may develop outside the casing, caused by the removal of rocks or obstructions while
jacking or boring, shall be filled with a lean grout mix forced in under pressure by insertion of a grout
pipe outside of the casing. The lean grout shall consist of one part of Portland Cement to not more than
four parts of sand by volume, placed at low pressure. Grout pressure is to be controlled so as to avoid
deformation of the casing and to prevent disturbance of the cavity walls. Sand for grout to be placed
outside the casing shall be of such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 8 sieve and no less than 35% will
pass a No. 50 sieve.

6.07.10 BACKFLOW VALVE INSTALLATION

Backflow valves shall be installed as required per the sewer plans and in accordance with Western’s
Standard Drawings. All valves shall be installed at the shallowest level of the appropriate location and
allowing for future inspection and maintenance. Installation of plastic valves and appurtenances shall
be permanently made with appropriate solvent glue providing a waterproof connection.

6.07.11 SEWER PIPE BEDDING

All sewer pipe bedding shall be in accordance with the plans and the detail drawings. Except as
modified here following, all earthwork shall be in accordance with Western’s Standard Drawings and
(Section 6.02) Earthwork. All bedding shall be granular aggregate material achieving sand equivalent
of 30 or better. Bedding material should be moisture conditioned prior to placement in the trench
followed by compaction to a minimum 90% relative density.

Native material determined to be satisfactory for pipe bedding shall be graded to provide continuous
support of the pipe prior to placing of the pipe.

Where rock is encountered, it shall be removed below grade and the trench backfilled with suitable
material to provide a compacted base with a thickness under the pipe of not less than 1/2 inch per inch
of nominal pipe diameter with a minimum allowable of 6 inches.

140
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
When groundwater or soft base material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, the inappropriate
material shall be removed to the satisfaction of Western and replaced with 3/4 inch crushed rock
compacted to a minimum 90% relative density.

The crushed rock shall have the following gradational characteristics:

Sieve Size % Passing
1" 100
3/4" 90-100
3/8" 20-55
No. 4 0-10
No. 8 None

6.08 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES SPECIFICATION

Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, tools, and equipment required to completely construct the
fencing, posts, gates, and miscellaneous material, including removal of trees, brush and other obstacles,
as shown on the Drawings and as specified in these specifications. Necessary rights-of-way shall be
provided as specified in (Section 6.01.04).

6.08.01 POWER

The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all necessary power required for his operations under
the contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment
and installation as shall be adequate in the opinion of Western to perform in a safe and satisfactory
manner the work required by the contract.

6.08.02 MATERIALS

All materials shall be newly manufactured and be free from defect.

Posts, braces and top rail shall be new schedule 40 galvanized pipe manufactured in accordance with.
S.T.M. A120 and shall be of the following sizes and weights:

OUTSIDE DIAMETER MIN.WT.

ITEM SIZE IN INCHES LBS/FT
Fencing:
End and corner posts 2-7/8" 5.79
* Line posts 2-3/8" 3.65
Braces and top rail 1-5/8" 2.27
Bottom tension wire 7 Ga. --

NOTE: A. Walk gateposts shall conform to the requirements specified above for end and corner
posts.
B. Top rail shall run continuously throughout the length of the fence (see Drawing
numbers W-1590 & W-1591).
C. Changes in alignment where the angle of deflection is 30 degrees or more shall be
considered as corners and corner posts, and braces shall be installed.
* Line post outside diameter shall be 1-7/8" for fencing less than 6' high.

141
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 OUTSIDE DIAMETER
GATE POST MIN.WT.
GATE OPENINGS SIZE IN INCHES LBS/FT
"A" "B"
Single to 6' or double 12' incl. 2-7/8" 5.79
Single over 6' to 13' or double
over 12' to 26' incl. 3-1/2" 7.58
Single over 13' to 18' or double
over 26' to 36' incl. 6-5/8" 18.97

The chain link fabric shall be No. 9 AFC gauge galvanized steel wire woven in a 2" mesh,
manufactured in accordance with the requirements of A.S.T.M. A392. The fabric shall have a heavy
zinc coating by hot dip galvanizing after weaving. The fabric shall have a barbed finish at the top and
bottom.

All tension wire shall be No. 7 gauge galvanized, hard drawn, steel spring wire and shall conform with
the requirements of A.S.T.M. A227.

All tie wire shall be No. 9 AWG gauge galvanized steel wire manufactured in accordance with the
requirements of A.S.T.M. A112.

All barbed wire shall be made of two strands of No. 12 1/2 AWG gauge galvanized steel wire twisted
with two point No. 14 AWG gauge barbs spaced at not more than five inches, and manufactured in
accordance with the requirements of A.S.T.M. A121, Class I.

All truss rods shall be made from 3/8" diameter galvanized steel rod, with drop forged turnbuckles, and
galvanized in accordance with A.S.T.M. A153.

All hardware, hinges, clamps, fasteners, bolts, nuts, turn-buckles, fittings, post caps, stretcher bars, and
other ferrous material not previously covered in these specifications, shall be manufactured of steel,
malleable iron or wrought iron, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of
A.S.T.M. A153. All of the above hardware and fittings shall be manufactured so as to allow and
assemble in accordance with the drawings and these specifications.

All ferrous materials shall have a heavy zinc coating by hot dip galvanizing, after fabrication or
weaving, applied in accordance with the requirements of the A.S.T.M. A153.

Concrete footings shall be concrete Class 500-C-2500 per Standard Specification Public Works
construction, ("Green Book") Section 201.

6.08.03 CONSTRUCTION WORK AND METHODS

All fencing shall be installed in a professional manner and shall be inspected by Western for
compliance with these specifications.

Posts shall be spaced not more than ten feet center to center of posts and be set in a vertical position.
Tops of the concrete foundations shall be troweled smooth sloping outward from the post. End, corner
142
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
and gate posts shall be braced to the nearest line post. Line posts, at intervals not greater than 1000 feet
and at locations shown on the plans, shall be braced both ways. All posts shall have post caps. The
minimum depth of footings shall be 2'-2" for fences of heights less than or equal to 5' and 2'-8" for
fences of heights of over 5'. In cross sections, diameter of the footing shall be a minimum of 10" and
not be less than three (3) times the outside diameter of the post.

Chain link fabric shall be fastened on the side of the posts as shown on the drawings and shall be
stretched taut and securely fastened to the posts, the top rails and tension wires. The fabric shall be
fastened to end, corner, and gate posts with 1/4" by 3/4" steel stretcher bars and not less than 1/4" by
3/4" steel stretcher bar bands, spaced not more than one foot apart. The fabric shall be fastened to line
posts, rails, and tension wires with NO. 9 AWG gauge tie wires or equivalent metal bands spaced
approximately at 14" on line posts and 18" on rails and tension wires. Bottom tension wires and fabric
shall be stretched straight from post to post. Excavating at high places may be required and filling at
low places will not be permitted. Fabric shall have a paint stripe not less than 12" in width painted
longitudinal per Western’s instruction.

Walk gates and drive gates shall be of the width as shown on the drawings. Gate frames shall be cross-
trussed with 3/8" truss steel rods equipped with drop-forged turnbuckles.

The corners of gate frames shall be fastened together and reinforced with a malleable iron fitting
designed for the purpose or welded securely. Surplus welding material shall be removed prior to
galvanizing. Chain link wire fabric shall be of the same type as specified for the fence and shall be
fastened to the frame by the use of stretcher bars, clamps and tie wire as specified for the fence, and
suitable tension connectors spaced at approximately one foot intervals. Gates shall be hung by not less
than two steel or malleable iron hinges not less than three inches in width so designed as to securely
clamp to the gatepost and permit the gate to swing back against the fence. Hinges shall be of high-
grade malleable iron of the ball and socket type, which will permit the gate to swing back against the
fence. The lower hinges of the gate shall support the entire vertical load of the gates as well as provide
for the resultant horizontal reaction. Each gate shall be outfitted with approved latches and provisions
for padlocking. Latches, hasps and bolts shall be accessible from either side of the gate.

Repair of any minor galvanized coating damage shall be made by thoroughly wire brushing the
damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be
painted with 2 coats of paint, high zinc dust content, conforming to the requirements of Federal
Specification: MIL-P-21035.

The Contractor shall provide written guarantees that the entire work constructed by him under the
contract will fully meet all requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship, and of materials. The
Contractor shall make at his own expense any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective
materials or workmanship supplied by him which have become evident within one year after date of
notice of completion and acceptance of the work is filed, and to restore to full compliance with the
requirements of these specifications any part of the fencing, posts, gates, or miscellaneous materials
which during said one year period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this
specification. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written
orders for same from Western. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacement promptly,
Western may do the work, and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to Western for the cost
thereof.

143
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 6.09 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE SPECIFICATIONS

6.09.01 GENERAL

The Contractor shall furnish and install Direct Burial Cable as specified on the drawings. The cable(s)
shall be laid along with those pipelines as noted on the drawings. Direct Burial Cable shall be General
Cable, #19 copper conductors; or approved equal and shall contain 12-pair conductors, unless specified
otherwise by Western. The Contractor, with Western's inspector present, shall test for electrical
continuity each wire of the cable on each reel, immediately before the Contractor begins to install the
cable, to verify that the cable delivered to the job site is in satisfactory condition.

The Contractor shall use a suitable cable reel-trailer to sag-off the cable in a straight non-kinking
manner and at the location given in the standard drawing, after all pipe work is finished and just before
concrete pouring or backfilling is commenced. Soft earth containing no rocks shall be placed next to
cable. Care shall be used to prevent damage to cable in trench. Cable shall have a minimum of 30"
cover and shall be installed from the pipe trench to the location shown on the Drawings for the pedestal
mounted terminal housing installation for Direct Burial Cable per Western's Standard Drawing W-
1530. The Contractor shall provide a 1" diameter P.E. tubing (unless indicated otherwise on
Drawings), of adequate length to clear obstructions, at all locations along the pipeline where concrete
thrust blocks, cutoff walls, etc., are required and the cable shall be installed within the P.E. tubing
"sleeve". The sleeve shall be located to prevent unnecessary bending in the cable. In order to facilitate
installation of the cable within the P.E. tubing sleeve, the Contractor shall cut each sleeve (lengthwise),
place the sleeve around the cable at the location of concrete obstructions, tape to seal the cut portion of
sleeve (lengthwise with Scotch No. 33, or equal, ¾" wide plastic tape), and pack ends of sleeve to seal
with John-Mansville Duxseal, or approved equal, prior to pouring concrete.

The Contractor shall make all splices required in the cable, including splices at ends of reels, cut or
damaged cable, etc. All cable splices shall be made with a "Scotchcast 3M Communications Kit" with
twenty-four (24) #UIB connectors for 12-pair cable, installed per manufacturer's installation
recommendations. Excessive splicing to correct Contractor's damage to cable will not be allowed;
instead, new replacement cable will be required by Western.

6.09.02 FINAL TESTING

After completing the installation of the Direct Burial Cable and the pedestal mounted terminal
housings, the Contractor shall test each wire in the cable between consecutive housing installations for
electrical continuity. The Contractor shall correct any deficiencies indicated by the final testing.

The Contractor shall tape to waterproof the cable ends after testing, using Scotch No. 33, or equal, ¾"
wide plastic tape. Each cable shall be identified by using taped wire markers, and suitable terminal
strips shall be provided inside each housing installation.

All splicing, testing, and taping shall be done by a competent journeyman telephone cable splicer.

All electrical continuity tests of the Direct Burial Cable, alone and in series with the bonded pipeline,
shall be made with low-voltage, battery operated self-contained test meter, to keep test voltage and
current to minimum values.

144
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
6.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

6.10.01 GENERAL

PVC gravity sewer pipe and fittings are only to be used for gravity sewers 15-inches in diameter or
less. All gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall be green in color. All sewer pipe larger than 15" shall be
extra strength vitrified clay pipe (VCP).

These specifications for construction are for use by the Contractor when installing sewerage systems
within Western Municipal Water District (Western).

These specifications are intended to be used in conjunction with the Standard Specifications for Public
Works construction, latest edition, (herein referred to as the "Green Book"), and all requirements of
applicable Codes and Regulations from the State of California Department of Health Services regarding
the construction phase of sanitary sewerage systems. Western should be consulted for any
modifications or deviations from these Specifications.

Certain work in connection with tying into existing sewers and manholes may require the temporary
handling of sewage either by temporary bypass lines, pumping, bulk heading at low flows, or other
means, to be approved by Western. Sewage so diverted shall be handled in a manner so as not to create
a public nuisance or health hazard. Bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater to surface
waters, drainage courses, or storm drains will not be permitted.

6.10.02 MATERIALS

All material shall be new and conform to, or exceed, the standard for each type of pipe, fitting,
manhole, etc. as required by this specification and shall be from the Approved Materials List, (Section
7.0).

SEWER PIPE shall be PVC sewer pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 3034, SDR 35.
The minimum pipe stiffness for PVC sewer pipe shall be 46 psi in accordance with ASTM D 2412. All
pipe, fittings, and couplings shall be clearly marked at 5 foot intervals (maximum spacing) with the
following:

1. Nominal pipe diameter

2. PVC cell classification
3. Company, plant, shift, ASTM, SDR, and date designation
4. Service designation or legend

JOINTS for PVC pipe shall be push-on joints with integral bells conforming to ASTM D 3212 with an
elastomeric gasket conforming to ASTM F 477. The gasket shall be factory installed in the bell end of
the pipe. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the
joint is made. The socket and spigot configurations for the fittings and couplings shall be compatible
to those used for the pipe.

FITTINGS shall be PVC sewer fittings conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 3034, SDR 35.
Fittings shall include branches of every type and stoppers. These fittings shall conform to these
specifications and shall equal or exceed the pipe in quality. Branches shall be of the type called for on

145
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
the plan and standard drawings and shall be securely and completely fastened to the barrel of the pipe
in the process of manufacture.

STOPPERS shall be strong enough to sustain all applied earth and hydrostatic tests or air testing.
Stoppers shall be capable, unbraced, of remaining in place when subjected an air pressure up to 5 psi.

MANHOLES shall be constructed of precast concrete manhole sections with a minimum wall thickness
of 6 inches. Manholes, manhole covers, and frames shall conform to the specification shown on
Western's Standard Drawings.

CLEANOUTS Where approved, cleanouts shall conform to Western's Standard Drawings.

BACKFLOW VALVES Where required by the plans or specified by Western, sewer backflow valves
shall be installed. These valves shall conform to Western's Standard Drawings.

TESTING shall be performed on PVC pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM D 3034. A manufacturer's
certification shall be furnished to Western certifying that the material was manufactured, sampled, tested,
and inspected in accordance with ASTM D 3034 and the material meets all requirements of ASTM D
3034. The certification shall include all of the test data.

6.10.03 WARRANTY

The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire work constructed and all materials furnished will meet
the requirements specified herein. This warranty shall include both the quality of the workmanship and
the materials used as well as that of subcontractors and suppliers.

The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective materials
or workmanship in the pipe materials supplied which have become evident within one-year after date of
recording Notice-of-Completion, and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these
specifications, including the test requirements, any part of the sewer system which during said one year
period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this specification. The Contractor shall
make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from Western or if
in the event the repair work must be performed by Western, shall reimburse Western for actual labor,
equipment and material expenses incurred to perform such corrective work. If the Contractor fails to
make the repair and replacements promptly, Western may do the work, and the Contractor shall be
liable to Western for the cost thereof as described above.

6.10.04 SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION

Installation of all sewer pipeline materials required for the construction of sewer collection systems
shall be in accordance with all provisions of these specifications including ASTM D 2321 –
Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and other gravity-flow applications,
(Section 6.01) Construction Methods, (Section 6.02) Earthwork, (Section 6.03) Concrete, Western's
Standard Drawings (Section 6.02) the Approved Materials List (Section 7.0), and in accordance with
the manufacturers specifications and applicable published standards unless modified herein. Contractor
shall notify Underground Service Alert at 1-800-422-4133 at least 2 working days prior to construction
to locate potential utility interference in the project right-of-way.

146
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Western will provide an Inspector for inspection of sewer pipeline construction work. The Inspector
will check for compliance with Western requirements for sewer pipeline construction, but will not have
the responsibility for checking survey work (horizontal and vertical control) nor installed quantities of
pipe. Western's Inspector is Not a Safety Inspector and is not responsible for enforcing compliance
with OSHA or other safety requirements. Jobsite safety is not Western's responsibility and Western
does not accept any liability connected with the construction.

Installation requiring connection to existing Western facilities must be done as shown on Western's
Standard Drawings and under continuous inspection by Western. Any existing sewer pipeline
damaged by such work will be completely removed and replaced as directed by Western's Inspector.

Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot ends of bell-and spigot pipe pointing in the direction
of flow. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade and in such a manner as to form a close
concentric joint with the adjoining pipe. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure safe
installation of the pipe in an undamaged condition. Pipe which is damaged after installation shall be
removed and replaced.

At all times when the work of installing sewer pipeline is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and
the ends of the pipe in the trench shall be kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign
materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating due to
water entering the trench from any source. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any
damage due to any cause and shall restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if it
is damaged during construction. The pipe sections shall be installed in the trench to true alignment and
grade in accordance with the plans and these specifications. Exceptional care shall be taken in placing
the pipe and making the field joint. All pipe shall be installed without break, up-grade from structure to
structure, with the socket (bell) ends of the pipe up-grade.

Pipe shall be installed true to line and grade with a uniform bearing under the full length of the barrel
of the pipe. Suitable excavation shall be made to receive the socket (bell) of each pipe section. All
adjustments to line and grade must be made by scraping away or tamping earth under the body of the
pipe, and not by wedging or blocking up the spigot. Pipe shall be installed only in dry trenches.

Unless waived by Western, metallic locator tape 2 inches wide shall be placed in the trenches of all
mains and laterals for future pipeline locating. The tape shall be placed at least 6 feet above the pipe
but no deeper than 4 feet below final grade.

Where sewer lines are placed crossing above existing waterlines, C-900 Class 200 PVC pipe shall be
used 10 feet on each side of the waterline in accordance with the State of California Department of
Health Services' guidelines. No joints shall be allowed in the C-900 Class 200 PVC pipe.

Curved sewers (vertical and horizontal) shall be avoided where practical alignments are available, pipe
sections for curved sewers shall be chosen by the Contractor based on the required radius called out on
the plans in conjunction with the manufacturer's recommendations. Curved sewers shall be constructed
to exceed or equal the minimum radius specified in the manufactures recommendations. Vertical
curves are discouraged and require specific written approval by Western.

The pipe zone shall be back filled with crushed rock as set forth in Section 6.07.11. The upper 3 feet
shall be compacted to a minimum 90% relative compaction or to the compaction level required by the
local agency having jurisdiction, which ever is greater.

147
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Before final acceptance of sewer facilities or prior to putting any sewer on line, all sewer facilities shall
be flushed with water and "balled" or cleaned by acceptable method prior to final air testing to ensure
that all dirt, debris, and obstructions are removed from the system. After cleaning and backfill
compaction, the Contractor shall provide a video inspection of the sewer lines by a Western approved
firm experienced in performing sewer system services. The video inspection shall be performed in the
presence of the Inspector. Complete videotapes and a detailed report of the inspection shall be
furnished to Western.

6.10.05 TESTING OF SEWER LINE INSTALLATIONS

All tests for exfiltration from, and infiltration into, the system shall be in accordance with Section 306-
1.4 of the Green Book except as modified herein.

If leakage of infiltration, as shown in the tests, exceeds the standards set forth in said section, the
Contractor shall take any actions necessary to correct the deficiencies. All tests must be completed
before the street or trench is resurfaced with permanent pavement, but after complete installation and
trench compaction of all facilities within a particular section between manholes.

The air test specified herein, unless otherwise directed by Western, shall be used by the Contractor to
test all sewers. The air test shall be in accordance with Section 306-1.4.4 of the Green Book, except as
herein modified.

Air shall be introduced into the pipeline until 3-1/2 PSIG pressure has been reached, at which time the
flow of air to the pipe shall be shut off. After the temperature has stabilized, the air pressure shall be
permitted to drop and, when the internal pressure has reached 3.0 PSIG, the time lapse required for the
air pressure to drop to 2.0 PSIG shall be measured. The time lapse (in seconds) required for the air
pressure to decrease from 3.0 to 2.0 PSIG shall be more than that given in the following table:

SEWER PIPE DIAMETER MINIMUM TIME LAPSE (SEC)

8" 140
10" 170
12" 200
15" 260

If the time lapse exceeds that shown in the table, the pipe shall be presumed to be within acceptable
limits; if the time lapse is less, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections to reduce the
leakage to acceptable limits.

The water infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the air test where ground water conditions are
encountered and the water level, prior to any pumping or dewatering operations, is above the top of the
proposed sewer pipeline. The water infiltration test shall be in accordance with Section 306-1.4.3 of
the Green Book, except as herein modified.

The infiltration shall not exceed ten (10) gallons per day per thousand (1000) feet of sewer, per inch of
pipe diameter. The test shall be run for a minimum period of two (2) hours.

If ground water conditions are such that the ground water level is between the flow line of the proposed
sewer pipeline and the top of the pipe, both the air test and the water infiltration test shall be conducted.

148
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
In such cases, the section of pipe being tested shall be deemed acceptable only if it passes both the air
test and the water infiltration test.

6.10.06 MANHOLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING

Manholes shall be constructed using precast manhole sections unless other methods are specifically
approved in writing by Western. Precast manhole sections shall conform to the size, shape, form and
details shown on Western's Standard Drawings. Shop drawings for precast manholes shall be
submitted by the Contractor to Western for approval prior to installation. All precast units shall meet
the strength requirements for "pre-cast concrete manhole risers and tops", ASTM C478. Precast
sections shall be set in a bed of grout so as to make a watertight joint with the base. Manholes shall be
set perfectly plumb and all grout neatly pointed. Different height sections may be used in constructing
the manhole in order to bring the manhole ring and cover to the desired elevation shown on the plans.
The manhole shall be constructed so that there is not less than 12" or more than 20" of throat section
between the top of the cone and the bottom of the frame.

Precast rings are to be joined with a minimum thickness of 1/2" of Portland Cement mortar. Mortar for
joining ring sections shall be composed of not less than one part Portland Cement to two parts of clean,
well-graded sand of such size that all will pass a No. 8 sieve. Mortar sand shall conform to the strength
requirements specified for mortar strength under ASTM C87.

Manhole bases shall be constructed of "Class A" concrete poured against native undisturbed material
and to the form and dimensions shown on Western's Standard Drawings. If excavations beyond the
required vertical dimensions are made during construction, the depth of concrete below the invert of the
pipe shall be increased beyond the 9-inch minimum as necessary to meet the invert with the
undisturbed excavation. Placement of compacted fill to the desired grade in lieu of concrete will not be
allowed.

Concrete shall be poured to a level ring-section seating surface with the base centered over the sewer
intersection unless otherwise specified. A metal forming ring shall be used to form a level joint groove
in the manhole base, which will join with the first precast section to form a watertight joint. Base
inverts (channel) shall be formed in the field using forms with width and depth equal to the diameter of
the sewer pipeline. Channels shall be furnished smooth with constant slope from inlet to outlet (at least
2 inches across base). A 2-foot PVC Pipe joint (with-out bell) of the same inside diameter as the
adjoining pipe shall be placed with a waterstop at the inlet and outlet to each manhole or structure with
at least one foot of pipe extending outside of the manhole ring. The floor of the manhole shall slope at
least 2" from the sides of the manhole to the open channel. All concrete used to construct the manhole
base shall achieve the specified compressive strength prior to installation of the precast sections.

Manhole frames and covers shall be in accordance with Western's Standard Drawings. All frames and
covers shall be traffic strength and shall be monogrammed with the letters "WMWD SEWER".
Manhole frame and covers shall not be set to final grade until final paving has been completed.
Elevations to which frames and covers are to be constructed shall conform to the construction plans.
Where the cover is in an existing road shoulder or other unpaved area, it shall be placed flush with the
existing surface or as specified on the plans or by Western. Manhole frames shall be secured to the
upper precast section with a grout bed and filled as shown on the detail drawing.

Once the manhole has been completely constructed and the covers installed, cleaning and scraping of
foreign materials from the frames, covers, interior walls and base shall be done to ensure a satisfactory
fit.

149
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Drop manholes shall be constructed in accordance with Western's Standard Drawings. All materials
and construction of drop manholes shall conform in all respects to the applicable provisions of the
above specifications with modifications for the addition of drop inlets as set forth in the detail drawing.
The inside diameter of the drop inlet pipe and channel shall be the same diameter as the intercepted
sewer.

The Contractor shall make connections to existing manholes at the location and elevation shown on the
plans. Where new flow-through channels have to be cut in the existing manhole base, they shall be cut
so that the resulting section is smooth and conforms to the intended shape. The Contractor shall make
necessary provisions to keep pieces of concrete and debris out of the sewer. Deviation from form and
grade shall not be greater than 1/4 inch. The channel surface shall be smoothed with epoxy mortar.
The new PVC sewer pipeline (not to exceed 24" in length) shall be firmly embedded in epoxy grout
where it joins the existing manhole. Where holes are required in existing manhole walls for new or
revamped connections, the Contractor will be required to use coring type equipment.

Upon completion, manholes shall be tested for leakage using either of the following test methods:

Ground water conditions – Infiltration Test all manholes in areas where groundwater exists over the top
of the pipe shall be water tested. All pumping of ground water shall be discontinued for at least three
(3) days, after which the manhole shall be tested for infiltration. The inlet(s) and outlet of each
manhole shall be plugged and any infiltrated water shall be collected in the manhole and measured.

Dry conditions – Exfiltration test where no groundwater exists, approximately one (1) of every ten (10)
manholes, as directed by Western, shall be water tested. Each manhole shall be filled with water 4 feet
0 inches above the flow line of the manhole with the inlet(s) and outlet of each manhole plugged.

The maximum allowable leakage rate for each type test shall be ten (10) gallons per hour per manhole
as tested for a period of thirty (30) minutes (minimum). Where test results indicate that the allowable
leakage is exceeded, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs in order to reduce the leakage to
acceptable limits.

6.10.07 SEWER LATERALS INSTALLATION

Laterals of the proper size specified on the plans shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans
and shall end at the property line of the lot served. The exact location may be determined in the field
by Western's Inspectors. The Contractor shall field reference each lateral connection with a surface
marker and record the sewer main station for the As-built documentation.

Tees and wyes shall be of the same material as the sewer main. Tees and wyes of the proper size
shown on the plans shall be installed at approximately the locations shown on the plans. The exact
location will be determined in the field by Western and shall be referenced by the Contractor with a
stake or suitable surface marker. A suitable plug shall be provided and installed prior to backfilling
operations to ensure watertight joints.

Sewer laterals shall be installed per Western's Standard Drawings. In no case shall any lateral be
constructed at less than a 2% slope unless specifically shown on the plans and approved by Western.
Sewer laterals shall be constructed a minimum distance of 5 feet from water service lines and pass at
least 4 inches beneath them.

150
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Unless otherwise approved by Western, any required saddle connections to existing mains shall be
made with an approved sewer tapping machine or apparatus in accordance with Western's Standard
Drawings. The Contractor shall submit his proposed method for tapping. Western may also require the
Contractor to provide the manufacturer's tapping equipment descriptions for its review. Under no
circumstances will such connections be made by "knocking out" openings in the existing main. Pipe
sections damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

Once curb and gutter has been placed, an "S" imprint shall be chiseled on the curb face at each service
lateral location.

6.10.08 CONCRETE FOR SEWER SYSTEMS

Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement (Type II or V as appropriate) natural hard rock
aggregates, and water proportioned to produce required strength and well mixed into required
consistency.

Portland Cement concrete for manhole bases, cradles, encasements, thrust blocks and structures shall be
composed of Portland Cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and water proportioned and mixed in
accordance with the requirements of Section 90 of the State Highway Standard Specifications, except
as may be herein modified.

Concrete for manhole bases, cradles and encasements, and all other concrete structures, shall be
constructed to the lines and grades and in accordance with the design shown in the details on the plans,
and current Western's Standard Drawings.

Prior to placing any concrete, the Contractor shall submit to Western the design mix proposed to be
used. Said mix shall set forth the weights of cement, sand, coarse aggregate and the amount of water to
be used. (Source of supply shall also be furnished to Western.) The proposed mix shall be approved
by Western prior to placing concrete.

PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CLASSIFICATION

CONCRETE CLASS 28 DAY COMP STRENGTH SACKS CEMENT/CY

"A" 3,000 PSI 6

"B" 2,500 PSI 5
"C" 2,000 PSI 4
"D" 4,000 PSI 7

The amount of free water used in concrete shall not exceed 312 pounds per cubic yard, plus 20 pounds
for each required 100 pounds of cement in excess of 564 per cubic yard.

Class "B" Concrete shall be used for encasements as specified on the plans or as required by Western's
Inspector to remedy unforeseen field conditions.

At the locations shown on the sewer plans, and in accordance with the details shown on the plans or
detail drawing, the Contractor shall construct reinforced concrete encasement around the sewer carrier
pipe. Concrete for reinforced concrete encasement shall be Class "A". Reinforcing steel (unless

151
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
otherwise indicated) shall be No. 4 bar, billet steel having a minimum yield point of 60,000 psi, formed
and spaced as shown on the plans or the detail drawing.

6.10.09 STEEL CASINGS FOR SEWER INSTALLATIONS

Steel casing shall be continuously butt-welded of sheets conforming to ASTM specification A-283.
Casing construction shall be either by open trench or by jacking. If jacked installation is performed,
construction shall be in accordance with the specifications herein for jacked steel casing.

The casing pipe shall have a steel thickness not less than ¼ inch with a yield strength of 35,000 psi min.
Steel casing pipe of the minimum size and thickness specified shall be installed in place by jacking and
boring methods, without the use of water or air, at the locations shown on the plans, and to grades
required to install the carrier pipe at its required grade. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility for
selecting a size of casing, at or above the minimum specified, in order that the installation may be done
with a sufficient degree of accuracy. Any and all increased costs resulting from the Contractor’s use of
steel casing pipe with greater diameter or thickness than the minimum specified shall be borne by the
Contractor. Carrier pipe conforming to these specifications for the designed pipe shall be installed
within the casing pipe to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The carrier pipe shall be supported
within the casing on steel casing insulators with the following minimum properties:

K. Band width shall be 8” for nominal 12” diameter pipe and 12” for 16” nominal diameter and larger.
Band shall be minimum 14” gauge (.074”) steel, hot rolled and pickled and manufactured in two
halves.
L. The liner shall be of polyvinyl chloride, with a minimum thickness of .090” and a durometer of
“A” 55.90. The linear shall have a minimum dielectric strength of 57,000 V. (1/8” thick) and a
maximum water absorption of 1%.
M. The runners shall be manufactured of 2” wide glass reinforced plastic moulded under high
pressure. Height of runners to be appropriate to center carrier pipe in casing. Runners shall be 7”
long for 8” steel band width an 11” long for 12” band width and shall have the following minimum
qualities.

Material Specifications: Rockwell hardness (M) – (ASTM D785) – 90

Tensile strength - (ASTM D638) – 17,600 psi

Flexural strength - (ASTM D790) – 25,300 psi

Compression strength - (ASTM D695) – 18,000 psi

(10% deformation)

Deflection temp. @ 264 psi - (ASTM D648) - 405°F (250°C)

Deformation under load

(@ 122°F (50°C) – 2,000 lb. load) - (ASTM D621) – 1.2%

Minimum number of runners per band shall be:

4” through 14” diameter – 2 top, 2 bottom

152
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 16” through 36” diameter – 2 top, 4 bottom

N. Insulators shall be arranged within the casing as follows: The first insulator at each end of casing
shall be maximum 1’ from the end of casing. The second insulator shall be 5’ from end of casing.
The remainder of the casing length shall have insulators distributed throughout at a maximum
spacing of 15’ O.C.
O. The insulators shall be as manufactured Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc. (psi) or District approved
equal.

The ends of the steel casing shall be sealed with synthetic rubber casing end seals with a minimum
thickness of 1/8” and secured with stainless steel bands and clamps. End seals shall maintain the
casing pipe in a watertight condition. The end seals shall be as manufactured by Pipeline Seal &
Insulator, Inc. or District approved equal. The annular space between the seal casings and carrier pipe
shall be left empty.

Voids, which may develop outside the casing, caused by the removal of rocks or obstructions while
jacking or boring, shall be filled with a lean grout mix forced in under pressure by insertion of a grout
pipe outside of the casing. The lean grout shall consist of one part of Portland Cement to not more than
four parts of sand by volume, placed at low pressure. Grout pressure is to be controlled so as to avoid
deformation of the casing and to prevent disturbance of the cavity walls. Sand for grout to be placed
outside the casing shall be such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 8 sieve and no less than 35% will
pass a No. 50 sieve.

6.10.10 BACKFLOW VALVE INSTALLATION

Backflow valves shall be installed as required per the sewer plans and in accordance with Western's
Standard Drawings. All valves shall be installed at the shallowest level of the appropriate location and
allowing for future inspection and maintenance. Installation of plastic valves and appurtenances shall
be permanently made with appropriate solvent glue providing a waterproof connection.

6.10.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL

Except as modified here following, all earthwork shall be in accordance with Western's Standard
Drawings and (Section 6.02) Earthwork.

Where rock is encountered, it shall be removed below grade and the trench backfilled with suitable
material to provide a compacted base with a thickness under the pipe of not less than 1/2 inch per inch
of nominal pipe diameter with a minimum allowable of 6 inches.

When groundwater or soft base material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, the inappropriate
material shall be removed to the satisfaction of Western and replaced with 3/4 inch crushed rock
compacted to a minimum 90% relative density.

For PVC sewer pipe, the pipe zone shall extend to 6 inches (minimum) below the pipe and 12 inches
(minimum) above the pipe. For PVC sewer pipe, the pipe zone backfill shall consist of crushed rock
conforming to the "Green Book" Section 200-1.2 for 1/2 inch maximum rock gradation as follows:

153
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 Sieve Size % Passing

3/4" 100
1/2" 90-100
3/8" 20-60
No. 4 0-15
No. 8 0-5

6.10.12 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DEPTH OF COVER

For PVC sewer pipe, the minimum cover shall be 5 feet and the maximum cover shall be 20 feet. For
depths of cover less than 5 feet or for depths of cover more than 20 feet, a special design will be
required and shall be approved by Western prior to construction.

6.10.13 DEFLECTION AND MANDREL TESTING

The maximum long term deflection of the PVC sewer pipe shall not exceed 5% for 8 inch to 12 inch
diameter sewers and 4% for 15 inch diameter sewers.

Following the placement, cleaning, and backfill and prior to placing permanent asphalt pavement, all
sewers shall be cleaned and measured for obstructions or pipe deflections as set forth in Section
306-1.2.12 of the Green Book and as summarized as follows:

A rigid mandrel shall be pulled through the pipe by hand. The mandrel shall be fabricated of
steel and shall be non adjustable with a length of not less than its nominal diameter. The
mandrel shall be certified by Western prior to use. The diameter of the mandrel shall be in
accordance with Table 306-1.2.12 (B) of the Green Book (PVC-ASTM D 3034 (SDR 35)).

Deflection tests shall be performed no sooner than 30 days after placement and compaction of
back fill.

Any PVC sewer pipe that is over deflected shall be uncovered, removed from the jobsite, and replaced
with new pipe, all as approved by Western. Additional deflection tests shall be performed to the
satisfaction of Western.

154
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 7.0 APPROVED MATERIALS

7.01 GENERAL

Western Municipal Water District (Western) maintains a list of Approved Materials, and only those
materials on the most current list have been approved for use within Western. It is the sole
responsibility of the user to assure that the product proposed is currently approved. Western may
require installation of a different product in special circumstances.

Manufacturers may request approval by (1) making a formal written request for approval, (2) providing
detailed drawings and technical information on their product, and (3) providing a non-returnable
sample of the product. Documentation of use by other local water purveyors (with telephone numbers
and contact names) will assist Western in evaluating the request for approval. Western will evaluate
the product and if approved, the product will be placed on the Approved Materials List. All products
shall always comply with Western’s Standard Specifications.

7.02 APPROVED PIPE MANUFACTURERS

A. WATER PIPE:

1. STEEL PIPE (AWWA C200)

a) AMERON, PIPE DIVISION, Southern CA, (818) 683-4000

P.O. Box 7007, Pasadena, CA 91109-7007

b) KELLY PIPE, (310) 868-0456

11700 Bloomfield Avenue, Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670

c) NORTHWEST PIPE COMPANY, (503) 285-1400

P.O. Box 280, Adelanto, CA 92301

d) WEST COAST PIPE LININGS, INC (951) 822-1133

8621 Beech Avenue, Fontana, CA 92335

2. STEEL PIPE FITTING FABRICATORS (AWWA 205, 208)

a) SOUTHLAND PIPE, (951) 428-8585

103989 Santa Ana Avenue, Fontana, CA 91762

b) WEST COAST WELDING, (800) 209-0401

12820 Old Brookside Road, Ontario, CA 91761

3. PVC PIPE (AWWA C-900)

a) J-M MANUFACTURING (FORMOSA PLASTICS), (209) 982-1500

1051 Sperry Road, Stockton, CA 95206

b) PACIFIC WESTERN EXTRUDED PLASTICS CO., (PVC Pipe)

P.O. Box 10049, Eugene, OR 97440, (541) 343-0200

155
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 c) VINYLTECH CORPORATION, (602) 233-0071
201 south 61st Avenue, Phoenix, AZ 85043

d) DIAMOND PLASTICS CORPORATION (308) 384-4400

1212 Johnston Rd., Grand Island, NE 68803

B. SEWER PIPE

1. CLAY PIPE

a) GLADDING MCBEAN, INC., (213) 564-5654

4301 East Firestone Blvd., South Gate, CA 90280

b) MISSION CLAY PRODUCTS CORP., (951) 277-4600

23835 Temescal Canyon Rd., Corona, CA 91720

2. PVC PIPE

a) DIAMOND PLASTICS CORPORATION (308) 384-4400

1212 Johnston Rd., Grand Island, NE 68803

7.03 APPROVED MATERIALS LIST

1. RESILIENT SEAT/WEDGE GATE VALVE

(150 psi)
American Flow Control – Series 2500
AVK Valve – Series 25
Clow Valve – Series F6100
M & H Valve – Series 4067
Stockham – Series G700
Mueller – Series 2360

(250 psi)
American Flow Control - Series 500
AVK Valve
Clow Valve
M & H Valve
U.S. Pipe

2. BUTTERFLY VALVE

CRISPIN K-Flo – Model 47 30” and larger, 504 4” and larger, 507 CL 250
Clow – Buried Service
Pratt Valves – CL150 – Groundhog; CL250 – Triton HP – 250

156
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
3. BALL VALVES

Mueller H-14345
Ford B13-332, HH34
Jones J-1908

4. AV/AR VALVES

Apco ½ inch – 141C

Apco ¾ inch – Model 50.2
Apco 1 inch – 143C
Apco 2 inch – 145C
Apco 4 inch – 149C (Flanged)

G.A. Inc. - 945, 945J

Val-Matic- 201C, 202C, 204C
Crispin Combination Air & Vacuum

5. FIRE HYDRANTS

AVK – 24/40, 24/50

Jones – 344 HP
Jones – 3700, 3765, 3775, 4040, 4060
Clow – 800, 950, 960

6. CURB STOPS

Jones – J-182
A.Y. McDonald – 106215

(1-Inch Corp Stops)

Ford – F-1100
Mueller – H-15028
Jones – 3403
A.Y. McDonald – 4704-22

(2-Inch Corp Stops)

Jones – J-1943
Mueller – H-9969
Ford – FB-500
A.Y. McDonald – 3131B

(1-Inch Angle Meter Stops)

Ford – KV43-444W
Jones – J-4201
Mueller – H-14258
A.Y. McDonald – 4602-22

157
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 (2-Inch Angle Meter Stops)
Ford – FV13-77W
Mueller – H-14286
Jones – J-1975W
A.Y. McDonald – 4604B

7. SERVICE SADDLE

(PVC Pipe C-900 4” – 8”)

A.Y. McDonald – 3806
Jones – J-996
Mueller – H-13000
Ford – S90
Smith-Blair - Series 393

(PVC PIPE C-900 10” – 12”)

A.Y. McDonald – 3806
Jones – J-996

8. PAINT
(Appurtenances)

Home Depot – High Gloss Safety Yellow

High-Gloss Bright Yellow Base, Vista #5971

9. CONCRETE BOXES/VAULTS

Armorcast Products Co.

Associated
Best Concrete Products
Brooks
J & R Products
Southwest
Christy G5 Concrete Box

10. DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK

Cla-Val – 16-4
Febco – 806YD
Watts – 709DCDA

11. APPROVED DOUBLE CHECK

Cla-Val – D2, D4
Febco – 805Y, 805YD
Watts – 709QT, 709RW

158
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
12. BACKFLOW R.P. DEVICE
(UL and USC Approved)

(Small/Large)
Cla-Val – RP-2/RP-4
Febco – 825Y/825YD
Watts – 009QT/909QT/909RW

13. PVC PIPE C-900 MECHANICAL JOINT RESTRAINTS

(Valve/Fitting Application)

EBBA – Iron (Megalug), Series 2000 PV

Ford (Uniflange), Series 900 – Adaptor Flange - Pipe size up to 12”
Romac – Model #20-9-GR-0002
Star Pipe Product Restraint

Bell and Spigot Application

Romac Model #20-9-GR-0002

EBBA – Iron (Megalug), Series 1500
Ford (Uniflange), Series 1350
Romac 600 Series Style 613 WMWD approval
Star Pipe Product Restraint
501 Flange coupling adapters

14. DUCTILE IRON/FITTINGS (C-900)

Tyler Pipe, Inc.

Sigma
Star - Series 1000 LND 1100 - for 12” P.V.C. Malfunction problem
Union Foundry
U.S. Pipe
Pacific States Casting

15. TELEMETRY

(Pedestal/Terminal Housing)
Reliable CAD – 6
Electric/Utility Products CAD – 8
Suppliers - Northtown Company
Quermback Electric, Inc.

(Direct Burial Cable)

DeKoron 1877 (DeKabon)
General Cable 2002-ASP
Essex- Sealpic-FSF

159
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 (Encapsulation Kits)
3M – 8982-07 (3 pair)
8983-08 (6 pair)
8984-07 (24 pair)

(Splice Kits)
3M – 2-N2 (3 pair)
72-N3 (6 pair)
72-N4 (24 pair)

16. METERS

Sensus Technologies, Inc.

3/4” – Touchread equipped with Radioread + ECR/WP ICE Register (S750696070953)
and Dual Port Meter Transceiver Unit (MXU)
1” – Touchread equipped with Radioread + ECR/WP ICE Register (S750896070953)
and Dual Port Meter Transceiver Unit (MXU)
SR 1 ½” – Touchread equipped with Radioread + ECR/WP ICE Register (TRPL Cu. Ft.)
and Dual Port Meter Transceiver Unit (MXU)
SR 2” – Touchread equipped with Radioread + ECR/WP ICE Register (TRPL Cu. Ft.)
and Dual Port Meter Transceiver Unit (MXU)
Telephone: (714) 666-0200

17. SWING CHECK VALVE

Clow/M & H – 159-02

Mueller – A2600-06-01
Stockham – G-940

18. SWING CHECK VALVE (WITH WEIGHT/LEVER)

Clow/M & H – 159-02

Mueller – A2600-06-01
Stockham – G-940

19. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

(EPOXY LINED, STAINLESS STEEL TRIM)

Cla-Val – 50-01, ACSB

Watts – 116
Ames 920 – F-408
Singer

20. PUMP CONTROL VALVE

(EPOXY LINED, STAINLESS STEEL TRIM)

Cla-Val – 60-P
Watts – 513-5
Ames 980-16 – F-408
Singer 106 BPC

160
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
21. GASKETS (STEEL PIPE)
(NON-ASBESTOS)

Garlock – 3700
Klinger – 4001

22. TAPPING SLEEVES

Smith-Blair - Series 662-663 Stainless steel

Romac - Series SST
23. SEWER MANHOLE PRODUCTS
(FRAME, RING & COVER)

South Bay Foundry SBF-1252

Neenah Foundry NFC-1252
Alhambra Foundry A-1252
L.B. Iron Works X106B
FAMEX Foundry’s model 1252
National Casting Corporation NC 1252

24. MANHOLE STEPS

M.A. Industries P52-PFS

161
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 8.0 SEWER LIFT STATION AND FORCE MAIN GUIDELINES

8.01 INTRODUCTION

Sewage collection within Western Municipal Water District’s (Western’s) service area shall be
provided by the construction of gravity sewers, except where it is demonstrated unfeasible and
pumping is required. If a sewage lift station is proposed, it shall be the developer's
responsibility to provide the services of a licensed civil engineer to demonstrate to Western that
a sewage lift station is the most feasible method for sewage conveyance.

These guidelines present basic concepts and general criteria for sewage lift station facilities.
Each lift station shall be reviewed and approved by Western from concept through design,
construction, and start-up. Sample Drawings LS-1 through LS-5 are provided to present
general lift station arrangement and components of construction. Western reserves the right to
modify and supplement these guidelines and require additional facilities, depending upon the
specific project location, limitations, and changes in government regulations and standards.

8.02 PROCEDURES

A. Procedures required for Western approval of sewage lift stations are as follows:

1. Developer's engineer shall acquire and review these guidelines.

2. Developer and engineer shall request a concept meeting with Western staff to
demonstrate the need for a sewage lift station and to review requirements,
guidelines, criteria, right-of-way, and location of specific project facilities.
Western will provide list of preferred equipment and materials.

3. Developer shall submit documentation requested by Western to demonstrate

need for lift station, complete calculations for entire drainage area flows, and
size lift station for present planned development and ultimate development.

4. Submit design, drawings, and specifications for Western approval as follows:

a. Preliminary design including capacity, hydraulic design, pump

selection and system curves, preliminary site layout, and list of
selected equipment and materials. Depending upon location, Western
will establish site improvements such as block wall or chain link
fence, asphalt concrete or concrete pavement, lighting, access, etc.
Western will provide specialty specifications to be utilized.

b. Submit 75% complete construction drawings and specifications (if

requested by Western).

c. Submit final design and 100% complete construction drawings and

specifications.

d. Shop drawing submittals for all equipment and materials prior to

construction (installation).

162
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 5. Construction of facilities shall be in accordance with Western guidelines for
construction. See guidelines for inspection fee deposit, Pre-construction meeting
and Notice to Proceed requirements. Western will provide part-time inspection of
facilities, witness start-up, and provide final inspection of facilities. Western staff
shall receive operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment a minimum of
10 working days prior to receiving training for station operation and equipment
operation. A factory trained equipment manufacturer's representative shall provide
the training.

6. Final acceptance of the facilities by Western will be done upon payment of all
associated fees, filing of a Notice of Completion by Western and execution of
Grant Deeds of the facilities to Western by the Developer. Western will then allow
properties served by the facility to be occupied and start discharging wastewater
into the sewer system.

8.03 GENERAL

A. Raw sewage lift stations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Western
guidelines herein, Western Standards, good engineering practice, applicable
government regulations, Riverside County Health Services Department and California
Department of Health Services (Health Department), Cal OSHA, Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction (Standard Specification), Uniform
Building Code, National Electric Code, Uniform Fire Code, and as approved by
Western.

B. Facilities shall be designed by a licensed civil engineer, registered in the State of

California, experienced in the design of wastewater facilities. Drawings and
specifications shall be submitted for review and approval by Western. Soils
investigation shall be performed for the lift station site and related interceptor and
force main by a licensed soils engineer. Force main and lift station construction
drawings shall be submitted simultaneously; force main shall include plan (40 scale)
and profile, and lift station shall include site work, structural, mechanical, and
electrical details.

C. All costs of facilities including but not limited to the cost of all permit fees, connection
fees, utility charges, and inspection fees shall be borne by the developer.

D. Upon approval and acceptance by Western, facilities shall be owned by Western.

Ownership shall include the lift station site and right-of-way for force main and gravity
sewers. Gravity sewers and force main shall be constructed on Western property,
Western right-of-way, or within public right-of-way whenever possible. Easements
for gravity sewers and force main will only be considered under special conditions.
All right-of-way and easement documents shall be submitted to and approved by
Western prior to approval of the construction drawings. All right-of-way and
easement documents shall be conveyed to Western and recorded prior to acceptance of
facilities.

E. Developer shall guarantee all facilities free of defect for a period of one year after final
acceptance of all facilities by Western. The developer, at no cost to Western, shall

163
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 repair any deficiencies occurring during the one-year period. A performance bond
approved by Western shall be furnished. All manufacturer's warranties shall be fully
transferred to Western.

F. Prior to completion of the facility and Western acceptance, complete records shall be
furnished to Western including:

1. As-Built record drawings

2. Final approved shop drawings and submittals for all equipment and materials

3. As-built electrical and control diagrams

4. CD-Rom of PLC program if part of project

5. Minimum three copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals on all

equipment

6. Western staff training for station operation and equipment operation and
maintenance

7. Right-of-way, grant deed, and easement records

8. All construction and operating permits

8.04 CAPACITY

A. Size and capacity of facilities shall be based on peak flow of the development to be
serviced with consideration of the entire drainage area and master planned facilities.
Criteria for peak flow are given in Western’s Design Standards. Flows shall be
provided for initial and ultimate conditions. If necessary, lift stations shall be located to
maximize sewage collection for the entire drainage area and shall conform to Western's
Wastewater Master Plan. Lift station pumping capacity may be dictated by minimum
acceptable force main size and velocities therein.

B. Where Master Plan facilities have not been established, the Developer shall be
responsible to prepare wastewater flow projections for the drainage area.

C. Hydraulic calculations and system/pump curves for pump sizing and required capacity
shall be submitted for both initial and ultimate peak flows. System curves shall be
developed for friction coefficients of C=100, C=130 and C=150.

8.05 SEWAGE LIFT STATION SITE

A. Site shall be of adequate size to operate, maintain, and repair the lift station facilities
including access for truck cranes and sewer cleaning trucks (Vactor).

B. All sewage lift station sites require the parcel to be deeded to Western. Before
construction, a Grant Deed with legal description and plat map must be prepared,
approved, and recorded by Western.

164
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 C. Site shall be secured by commercial grade 6-foot high chainlink fence with 3-strand
barbed wire per WMWD STD. DWG. W-1590 or masonry block wall. Access gates
shall include minimum 15-foot wide double gate for vehicles and a 3-foot gate for
maintenance personnel per WMWD STD. DWG. W-1591.

D. Site shall be provided with weed control, A.C. pavement, concrete driveway, adequate
drainage facilities, and concrete sidewalks.

E. All backfill and compaction shall be minimum 90% relative compaction unless soils
engineer or encroachment permit requirements are more stringent. Compaction
adjacent to lift station wet well and under the valve vault shall be minimum 95%
relative compaction.

F. If required by Western, based on proximity of the facility to other public facilities,

residences, or buildings, landscaping shall be provided in accordance with the
surrounding area.

G. Potable water shall be provided to the site by hose bibs with antisiphon devices, water
meter, and a backflow device as approved by Western and Health Department.

H. All lift stations shall have a street address sign affixed to the fence at the front of the
station.

I. Site shall be designed with a lighting system operating on a photocell and on/off
switch with a manual switch override located within the Control Building. Site lighting
shall be designed to minimize off site impacts while maintaining functionality for
maintenance personnel working on lift station components.

8.06 FORCE MAIN

A. Force main size (diameter) shall be based on the following.

1. Minimum size shall be 4-inch diameter.

2. Peak flow design point between 4 fps and 5 fps

3. Minimum velocity of 3 fps and maximum velocity of 6 fps under all operating
conditions. Western shall approve all proposed operating conditions.

B. Material shall be ductile iron, minimum pressure Class 150, Class 53 thickness per
ANSI/AWWA or PVC per ANSI/AWWA C900 minimum DR-18. Pipeline shall be
constructed using restrained joints.

C. Pipeline profile shall avoid intermediate high points if feasible. All high points shall be
provided with combination sewage air and vacuum valve installation and special
corrosive resistant pipeline materials.
D. Pipe cover shall be minimum 42-inches.

E. Pipe bedding and backfill in pipe zone to 12-inches above pipe shall be sandy soil with
sand equivalent of 50 compacted to minimum 90% relative compaction. Remaining

165
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 backfill shall be minimum 90% and in accordance with Western standards, unless soils
engineer or encroachment permit requirements are more stringent.

F. Separation from water lines shall be in accordance with Health Department

requirements.

G. Force main shall be pressure and leak tested at pipe class pressure in accordance with
Standard Specification.

H. Force main construction drawings shall include plan (40 scale) and profile.

8.07 LIFT STATION

A. Raw sewage lift station shall be the submersible type with 100% redundancy, electrical
service, switchgear, emergency power, control building, and appurtenances. Sample
Drawings LS-1 through LS-5 are provided to present general arrangement and
components for the lift station.

B. Raw Sewage Pumps.

1. Number of pumps furnished shall provide complete redundancy. Minimum of

two identical pumps each sized for 100% station capacity shall be installed.
Discharge to the downstream system may require use of variable speed drives.

2. Pump Specifications.

a. Raw sewage non-clog submersible pumps.

b. Minimum 4-inch discharge.

c. Ability to pass minimum 2-inch diameter sphere.

d. Maximum 1800 rpm explosion-proof submersible motor with moisture

and temperature sensors.

e. Motor and cooling rating suitable to run dry for 15 minutes without
damage to the pump.

f. UL or Factory Mutual explosion-proof rating without being

submerged.

g. Constructed of corrosion resistant materials and provided with

corrosion resistant factory coating.

h. Acceptable manufacturers are Essco, Flygt, KSB, Hydromatic,

Fairbanks-Morse or approved equivalent.

i. Prior to acceptance, pump tests shall be performed to verify pump

curves and system head curves.

166
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 3. Pump Mounting and Removal.

a. Provide rail-type guide system with intermediate supports to allow

pump removal without removal of discharge piping or entering the wet
well. All materials to be stainless steel.

b. Provide stainless steel cable or chain fastened to each pump. Western

will utilize their crane truck for removal of pumps.

c. Electrical cable(s) shall be spliced at a junction box located 36-inches

above wet well roof and meet all provisions of the NEC.

4. Spare parts shall include one set of seals and bearings.

C. Wet Well Specifications.

1. Cast-in-place concrete or precast concrete pipe constructed watertight, with

concrete base and cover. Wet well shall be place on a 24-inch thick mat of
crushed rock. Concrete shall be designed with T-Lock PVC liner, or approved
equal, on the interior wet well walls and roof. Wet well bottom shall slope
towards pumps.

2. Size based on maximum pump cycling of five times per hour and to provide
adequate spacing to permit adjacent pumps to operate simultaneously. Wet
well shall have an emergency storage capacity of a minimum of 60 minutes at
peak flow conditions. (Use of storage within the gravity sewer is not
acceptable.)

3. Concrete roof shall have hatch openings (one hatch per pump) for pump
removal and access hatch for floats and level transducer. Hatches shall be
Aluminum construction as manufactured by Bilco or equal, with stainless steel
hardware, lockable diamond plate cover, safety chain, and spring assisted
hinges.

4. Discharge piping shall be flanged Class 53 ductile iron pipe, outside coated
with coal tar epoxy, inside coating of ceramic, minimum 40 mils. Discharge
piping shall be designed for a maximum velocity of 10 feet per second.
Discharge piping shall be properly supported with pipe supports.

5. Pipe supports, brackets, and all other equipment and fasteners within the wet
well shall be stainless steel.

6. All collection sewers shall join and enter a single manhole just prior to
entering the wet well. Only one sewer shall enter the wet well to allow
Western to plug influent sewer and bypass around wet well for maintenance
and repairs.

7. A concrete pump wash down pad shall be located adjacent to the wet well for
pump wash down. Pad shall be provided with a drain and P-trap draining back
into the wet well. A potable water wash down hose bib shall be provided.

167
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 D. Pump Discharge Piping Out of Wet Well.

1. Discharge from each pump shall exit the wet well and enter a concrete vault
with easy access to valves and piping.

2. Valve vault shall be precast concrete vault with concrete floor. Cover shall be
aluminum construction with spring assisted hinged covers designed for
parkway loading.

3. Each pump shall be provided with 150 lb swing check valve (AWWA C508
with bronze trim) and shut-off valves (AWWA C509 solid wedge resilient
seated gate valve or eccentric nonlubricated plug valve by DeZurk, Clow or
approved equivalent). Sewage combination air and vacuum valves shall be
provided at high points.

4. A bypass connection to the force main shall be provided to bypass station with
portable pumps.

5. A magnetic type flow meter (type and model to be approved by Western) shall
be installed on the discharge piping to provide instantaneous flow and total
flow from the lift station.

E. Odor Control.

1. Sewage lift station shall be evaluated for odor control facilities including
calculations for hydrogen sulfide generation. Odor control facilities may
include but are not limited to: air scrubber system, chemical addition, wet well
aeration, and/or aeration of the force main.

2. Provide odor control equipment if determined necessary by Western. If odor

control is not required, provisions for future addition of odor control facilities
(i.e. installation of ventilation pipe and penetration into wet well for future
connections) shall be provided. All equipment shall include all required
construction and operating permits (i.e. SCAQMD) and permits shall be
provided to Western in Western’s name.

8.08 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROLS

A. All electrical equipment shall be in accordance with the NEC and, where applicable,
meet all requirements for hazardous locations. Developer shall coordinate with the
electrical utility providing electrical service. Station shall be provided with a separate
utility transformer and meter/main with ground fault protection. Primary power to the
station shall be 480 volt, 60 Hz, 3-phase service per applicable standards of the utility
provider. Single-phase 120-volt power shall be provided for lights, controls,
convenience receptacles, and miscellaneous equipment. Provide a minimum of four
spare 120-volt circuit breakers. All conduit shall be run concealed below grade or in
concrete slabs, and shall not impose tripping or maintenance hazards. All exposed
conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal pipe.

168
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 B. Automatic transfer switch (ATS) shall be provided to switch from normal utility power
to standby emergency power upon normal power fail, and switch back to normal
power when restored. ATS shall have indicating lights for normal power, emergency
power, and a digital panel indicating volts and amps. Acceptable manufactures are
ONAN, Zenith, Russelectric or approved equivalent.

C. Electric switchgear shall be mounted in NEMA 12 Motor Control Center with

removable buckets, and shall include, as a minimum, Motor Circuit Protector (MCP),
motor starters with electronic overload protection, selector switch (hand-off-load-
standby), run and fail lights, control transformer, and elapsed time meter. All motors
shall be protected by a power monitor, which monitors phase un-balance, phase
reversal, and high or low voltage. Switchgear shall be Cutler-Hammer, Allen Bradley,
Square "D", or equal.

D. Complete controls for automatic pump operation shall be provided using Milltronics
ultrasonic level controller and float switches as back-up. HOA switch for each pump
and selector switches shall allow for any pump to operate in any position (lead, lag, or
standby). Controls shall limit pump operation and start up on emergency power to
prevent overloading the standby generator.

E. Milltronics ultrasonic level controller shall have a minimum of five differential level
set points for low water level, start/stop lead pump, start/stop lag pump, start/stop
standby pump (if required), and high water level. Controller shall have a digital screen
for programming and to indicating water level and capable of outputting an 4-20ma
signal corresponding to water level.

F. Back-up float switches shall be provided for low water level, and high water level.
High and low water levels shall override Milltronics unit, and shall start all pumps and
stop all respectively. Float switches shall be Flygt, Roto-Float, Warrick, or
Consolidated Electric Co. provided with intrinsically safe relays. Install floats so
levels are readily adjustable.

G. Controls shall provide automatic reset of alarm conditions for normal power fail, high
water level, low water level, standby pump run, and a common alarm contact.
However, alarm conditions shall activate an alarm light, which once activated shall
require manual reset. Each pump shall be provided with alarm light and pump shut
down for pump high temperature, pump moisture and pump overload fail conditions.
Pump alarm conditions shall require manual reset. Where programmable logic
controllers are provided, battery back up shall be furnished.

8.09 EMERGENCY POWER

A. Provide prefabricated skid-mounted diesel engine driven, radiator-cooled, automatic

emergency standby generator to power the lift station during normal power failure.
Liquid Propane or Natural Gas may be considered based on site location and
availability.

B. Acceptable manufacturers are Onan, Caterpillar or approved equivalent.

169
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 C. Generator shall automatically start upon failure of normal power and be sized to
operate lighting loads, and number of pumps necessary to meet flow requirements with
maximum voltage DIP of 20 percent. Where two-pump station is provided, the
generator shall be sized to sequence start and run both pumps.

E. Exhaust system shall be fully insulated and equipped with a residential-type silencer.

F. Fuel tank for generator shall be base type mounted with unit or aboveground out-of-
doors. Tank shall be double-wall welded steel sized for 24 hours of continuous
operation at 100% of generator capacity. Tank shall have secondary containment and
alarm floats for low fuel and fuel in containment area. Facilities shall meet fire
department criteria.

G. Furnish all air quality permits, including payment of fees for the first year of operation.
Permits shall have no less than a 200 hour annual operating limit and shall be in
Western’s name. The permit to construct shall be transferred into a permit to operate
prior to acceptance by Western.

8.10 TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT

A. Provide Western standard telemetry equipment system to transmit alarm conditions to

existing central receiving system at Western’s Operations Center. Provide facilities at
Western’s Operations Center central receiving system to receive and display alarms.

B. Connnection to Western’s existing telemetry system shall be provided through a direct

burial cable connection. Optional radio telemetry will be considered under special
circumstances only. Consult with Western regarding selection of telemetry based on
project location, availability of direct burial cable, radio receiver capability or other
operational requirements.

B. Provide telemetry signals as follows; common alarm, normal power failure, wet well
water level (4-20 mA), auto status of pump including status of lead/lag or alternative
mode operation, discharge pumping flowrate (4-20 mA) and pump fail, at a minimum.
Western shall approve final signal requirements based operational requirements of the
particular installation.

8.11 CONTROL BUILDING

A. Masonry block building to house standby generator, electrical service, switchgear, and
controls.

B. Building construction.

1. Colored masonry block, solid grouted.

2. Concrete footing and slab.

3. Isolated concrete generator foundation.

4. Wood roof with lightweight concrete shingles.

170
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 5. Dry wall ceiling with insulation.

6. Thermostat and timer operated forced air ventilation (roof exhausters).

7. Metal doors with dead bolt locks.

C. Sized for ease of operation and maintenance.

8.12 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Concrete shall be reinforced concrete Class 560-C-3250 with materials and installation
per Standard Specifications.

B. Chainlink fence shall be per WMWD STD DWG W-1590 and W-1591.

C. Earthwork shall be in accordance with Standard Specifications. All backfill shall be

considered structural backfill and compacted to a minimum 90% or 95% relative
compaction depending on location, or as required by the soils engineer or
encroachment permit if more stringent.

D. Site within chain link fence that is not otherwise paved or concreted shall have 6" of
3/4" graded crushed rock, furnace slag, or approved equal.

8.13 SEWER LIFT STATION DRAWINGS LS-1 – LS-5 (TABLE OF CONTENTS ONLY)

Lift Station Plan LS-1

Lift Station Hatch Plan LS-2
Lift Station Section LS-3
Control Building Plan LS-4
Control Building Section LS-5

8.14 SUBMERSIBLE SEWER LIFT STATION

Contact Western Municipal Water District for Standard Specifications 951.789.5000

171
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 9.0 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT STANDARD DRAWINGS

TITLE DWG #
3/4" Through 2" Outlet Saddle Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0020
Typical Plan Layout Water Systems W-0040
Typical Plan Layout W-0050
Domestic Water Service, 3/4" and 1" W-0070
Domestic Water Service, 1 1/2" and 2" W-0110
Domestic Water Service with Backflow Assembly W-0110a
Linesetter Assembly W-0120
Reinforced Pipe Outlets Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0140
Gate Valve Assembly W-0150
Typical Valve Installation AWWA C-900 P.V.C. Pipe W-0155
2" or 3" End of Line Blowoff Assembly Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0200
2" or 3" Temp End of Line B.O. Assembly for C-900 P.V.C. Pipe W-0205
4" Blowoff Assembly (Above Ground) W-0214
Bell and Spigot Joint Bonding Detail Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0310
Formed Bell & Spigot Joint Steel Cylinder CML-CC & CML-AW W-0320
Formed Bell & Spigot Joint Full Welded Detail CML & AW Pipe W-0340
Formed Bell & Spigot Joint Full Welded Detail CML & CC Pipe W-0350
Carnegie Joint CML & CC Pipe 14" Diameter and Larger W-0354
Lap Welded Slip Joint Belled End (CML-CC & CML-AW) W-0360
Weld Bell to Formed Spigot Joint Field Connection CML-CC & CML-AW W-0370
Slip On Weld Flange Joint CML & AW Pipe, 14"+ W-0380
Slip On Weld Flange Joint CML & CC Pipe, 14"¿ & Larger W-0390
Slip On Weld Flange Joint CML & AW, 4" thru 12" W-0400
Slip On Weld Flange Joint CML & CC, 4" thru 12" W-0410
Split Butt Strap Field Connection Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0440
1" Air Vacuum & Air Release Valve Assembly W-0460
2” Air Vacuum & Air Release Valve Assembly W-0470
Cathodic Protection Test Station Flange Insulation Gasket Kit W-0490
Cathodic Protection Test Station Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0500
Cathodic Protection Test Station Steel Cylinder Pipe W-0510

172
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT STANDARD DRAWINGS

TITLE DWG #
Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assy. W-0520
Double Check Alternate -Fire Department Connection 4”, 6”, 8” or 12” W-0530p1
Backflow Assy W/By-pass Meter for Fire Department Connection W-0530p2
Casing for Metallic Pipe W-0540
4" x 2 1/2" Fire Hydrant - Standard W-0580
4" x 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" Fire Hydrant - Super W-0610
Butterfly Valve Assembly W-0670
Water Quality Sampling Station W-0680
Pitot Installation W-0690
Utility Vault (page 1 of 2) W-0700p1
Utility Vault (page 2 of 2) W-0700p2
Standard Restraint Tee, Dead End, Bend (for P.V.C. C-900) W-0710
Locator Wire Installation W-0720
Anode Test Station Installation Detail W-0800
Copper Sulfate Reference Electrode Detail W-0810
Insulating Flange Detail W-0820
Magnesium Anode Detail W-0830
Alumino – Thermic Weld Detail (page 1 of 2) W-0840p1
Alumino – Thermic Weld Detail (page 1 of 2) W-0840p2
Cathodic Protection Wiring Diagram W-0850
3” & 4” Compund Meter Installation W-0860
3” Turbo Meter Installation W-0870
Typical Plan Layout Sewer Systems W-1000
Typical Pipe Bedding Vitrified Clay Pipe Extra Strength W-1010
Concrete Arch W-1020
Classes "BB", "B", "C" & "D" Beddings W-1030
Concrete Encasement W-1040
Sewer Lateral "Normal Cut" W-1050
Sewer Lateral "Deep Cut" W-1060
Precast Concrete Manhole W-1070
Sewer Precast Concrete Sampling Manhole W-1071
Drop Manhole W-1080
Sewer Clean Out & Terminus Manhole W-1090
 WESTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT STANDARD DRAWINGS

TITLE DWG #
Manhole Cover & Frame W-1100
Connection to Existing Main W-1110
Backwater Installation for House Connections W-1120
5” Diameter Manhole with Cast in Place Base W-1130
Shallow Manhole W-1140
4” and 6” Sewer Cut-In Wye Connections W-1150
Sewer On-Site Cleanout W-1160
Sewer Sample Wye W-1170
2” or 3” End of Line Blow-off Assembly Steel Cylinder Pipe W-1200
2” or 3” Temp End of Line B. O. Assembly for C-900 P.V.C. Pipe W-1205
Recycled Water Service 1 ½” and 2” W-1210
¾” Through 2” Outlet Saddle Steel Cylinder Pipe W-1220
1” Air Vacuum & Air Release Valve Assembly W-1225
Thrust Block Installation Class 150 & 200 W-1230
2” Air Vacuum & Air Release Valve Assembly W-1235
Typical Valve Installation AWWA C-900 P.V.C. Pipe W-1255
6” Blow-off Assembly (Below Ground) W-1265
Recycled Water Service ¾” and 1” W-1270
Gate Valve Assembly W-1280
Water/Sewer location W-1290
4” Guard Posts W-1520
Pedestal Mounted Terminal Housing Installation for Direct Burial Cable W-1530
Trench Backfill Standard No. 818 W-1540
Excavation and Backfill Details W-1550
Pressure Reducing Station Type "A" (Typical Layout) Page 1 of 4 W-1560
Pressure Reducing Station Type "A" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 2 of 4 W-1560
Pressure Reducing Station Type "A" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 3 of 4 W-1560
Pressure Reducing Station Type "A" (Elec Control Cabinet Det) Page 4 of 4 W-1560
Pressure Reducing Station Type "B" (Typical Layout) Page 1 of 3 W-1564
Pressure Reducing Station Type "B" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 2 of 3 W-1564
Pressure Reducing Station Type "B" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 3 of 3 W-1564
Pressure Reducing Station Type "C" (Typical Layout) Page 1 of 3 W-1566
Pressure Reducing Station Type "C" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 2 of 3 W-1566

174
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07
Pressure Reducing Station Type "C" (Gen Notes and Mat List) Page 3 of 3 W-1566
Pipe Support Detail W-1568
Thrust Block Installation Class 150 & 200 W-1570
Pressure Relief Valve Discharge Outlet W-1580
Chain Link Fence Detail W-1590
Chain Link Fence Detail W-1591
Sewer Lift Station Guidelines – Lift Station Plan LS-1
Sewer Lift Station Guidelines – Hatch Plan LS-2
Sewer Lift Station Guidelines – Lift Station Section LS-3
Sewer Lift Station Guidelines – Control Building Plan LS-4
Sewer Lift Station Guidelines – Control Building Section LS-5

175
Developer Handbook & Standard Drawings Revision date: 6-12-07